summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/62227-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/62227-h')
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/62227-h.htm8371
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/cover.jpgbin187000 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/cover_both.jpgbin91397 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo004.jpgbin30888 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo039.jpgbin41192 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo043.jpgbin39805 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo051.jpgbin54203 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo055.jpgbin66152 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo059.jpgbin75793 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo065.jpgbin68993 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo069.jpgbin62886 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo073.jpgbin71664 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo089.jpgbin64626 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo093.jpgbin59606 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo097.jpgbin69545 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo101.jpgbin64924 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo105.jpgbin71061 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo109.jpgbin75980 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo117.jpgbin68828 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo121.jpgbin64691 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo125.jpgbin68195 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo133.jpgbin46976 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo137.jpgbin61086 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo141.jpgbin76330 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo145.jpgbin68268 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo149.jpgbin66595 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo153.jpgbin75961 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo157.jpgbin52543 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo177.jpgbin72134 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo183.jpgbin46718 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo187.jpgbin52250 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo191.jpgbin61955 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo195.jpgbin66511 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo201.jpgbin52926 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo205.jpgbin50616 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo209.jpgbin95807 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62227-h/images/illo217.jpgbin66933 -> 0 bytes
37 files changed, 0 insertions, 8371 deletions
diff --git a/old/62227-h/62227-h.htm b/old/62227-h/62227-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 8dd90a3..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/62227-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8371 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
-<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Bicycling for Ladies, by Maria E. Ward</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
- a
- {text-decoration: none;}
- a:hover
- {text-decoration: underline;}
- .bb
- {border-bottom: solid thin;}
- body
- {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; max-width: 65em;}
- .bot
- {vertical-align: bottom;}
- .bt
- {border-top: solid thin;}
- .caption
- {font-size: .8em; text-align: center; text-indent: 0; margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em;}
- .center
- {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
- .copyright
- {margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 4em;}
- .copyright p
- {font-size: .9em; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
- .figcenter
- {margin: 1.5em auto; text-align: center;}
- .fsize80
- {font-size: .8em;}
- .fsize90
- {font-size: .9em;}
- .fsize125
- {font-size: 1.25em;}
- .fsize200
- {font-size: 2em;}
- h1,
- h2
- {text-align: center; clear: both; margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: .75em; page-break-after: avoid; font-weight: normal;}
- h1
- {font-weight: normal;}
- h1 .line1
- {font-size: 1.5em; line-height: 3em;}
- h1 .line2
- {font-size: .6em;}
- h2.front
- {font-size: 1.5em;}
- h2 .name
- {line-height: 1.5em; font-size: .8em;}
- h2 .nr
- {line-height: 1.5em; font-size: .9em;}
- .horsplit
- {display: inline-block; vertical-align: middle; text-align: center; white-space: nowrap; padding: 0; text-indent: 0;}
- .horsplit .bot
- {padding: 0 .25em; display: block; vertical-align: top; text-indent: 0;}
- .horsplit .bot.lft
- {text-align: left;}
- .horsplit .bot.rght
- {text-align: right;}
- .horsplit .top
- {padding: 0 .25em; display: block; vertical-align: bottom; text-indent: 0;}
- hr
- {width: 34%; margin: 2em 33%; color: black; clear: none;}
- hr.chap
- {width: 16%; margin: 3em 42%; page-break-after: avoid; clear: both;}
- img
- {border: solid thin; padding: .1em;}
- .left
- {text-align: left;}
- .nowrap
- {white-space: nowrap; display: inline-block; text-indent: 0;}
- .oldtype
- {font-family: "Old English Text MT",sans-serif;}
- p
- {margin-top: 0; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 0; text-indent: 1em;}
- p.blankbefore2
- {margin-top: 2em;}
- p.blankbefore75
- {margin-top: .75em;}
- p.center
- {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
- p.fauxh1
- {line-height: 8em; font-size: 2em; font-weight: normal; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
- p.highline3
- {line-height: 3em;}
- p.highline4
- {line-height: 4em;}
- .padl1
- {padding-left: .5em;}
- .padl2
- {padding-left: 1em;}
- .padl5
- {padding-left: 2.5em;}
- .padr1
- {padding-right: .5em;}
- .padr2
- {padding-right: 1em;}
- .padr4
- {padding-right: 2em;}
- .pagenum
- {position: absolute; right: 2%; font-size: .75em; text-align: right; color: gray; text-decoration: none; font-weight: normal;
- font-style: normal; text-indent: 0;}
- @media handheld {.pagenum {display: none;}}
- .right
- {text-align: right;}
- .smcap
- {font-variant: small-caps;}
- sub
- {font-size: .6em; vertical-align: -10%;}
- sup
- {font-size: .6em; vertical-align: top;}
- table
- {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; border-collapse: collapse;}
- table.gearing
- {margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; font-size: .9em;}
- table.gearing td
- {padding-left: .25em; padding-right: .25em;}
- table.gearing td.data
- {text-align: center; vertical-align: bottom; white-space: nowrap;}
- table.gearing td.descr
- {text-align: left; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 2em; text-indent: -1em; vertical-align: top;}
- table.gearing th
- {padding-left: .25em; padding-right: .25em;}
- table.locations
- {margin: .75em auto; width: 100%; font-size: .9em;}
- table.locations td
- {width: 33%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
- table.loi
- {margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
- table.loi td.illono
- {text-align: right; padding-right: 1em; vertical-align: top;}
- table.loi td.description
- {text-align: left; padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; vertical-align: top;}
- table.loi td.pageno
- {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;}
- table.ratios
- {margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; font-size: .9em; white-space: nowrap;}
- table.ratios td
- {padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em; text-align: center;}
- table.ratios th
- {padding-left: .25em; padding-right: .25em;}
- table.sprockets
- {margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; font-size: .9em; white-space: nowrap;}
- table.sprockets td
- {text-align: center; padding: 0;}
- table.sprockets td.double.left
- {text-align: left;}
- table.sprockets td.double.right
- {text-align: right;}
- table.sprockets th
- {padding-left: 1.5em; padding-right: 1.5em;}
- table.toc
- {margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
- table.toc td.chapname
- {text-align: left; padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; padding-right: 3em; vertical-align: top;}
- table.toc td.chapno
- {text-align: center; text-indent: 0; padding-top: 1.5em; padding-bottom: .25em;}
- table.toc td.pageno
- {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;}
- th
- {font-weight: normal;}
- .titlepage
- {width: 30em; border: solid medium; text-align: center; margin: 3em auto; padding: 1em;}
- .tnbot
- {border: dashed thin; margin: 1em 10%; padding: .5em;}
- .tnbot h2
- {font-size: 1em;}
- .tnbot p
- {text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 1em;}
- .tnbox
- {border: dashed thin; margin: 1em 20%; padding: 1em;}
- .top
- {vertical-align: top;}
-
-
- h1.pgx { text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: bold;
- font-size: 190%;
- margin-top: 0em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- word-spacing: 0em;
- letter-spacing: 0em;
- line-height: 1; }
- h2.pgx { text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: bold;
- font-size: 135%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- word-spacing: 0em;
- letter-spacing: 0em;
- page-break-before: avoid;
- line-height: 1; }
- h3.pgx { text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: bold;
- font-size: 110%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- word-spacing: 0em;
- letter-spacing: 0em;
- line-height: 1; }
- h4.pgx { text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: bold;
- font-size: 100%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- word-spacing: 0em;
- letter-spacing: 0em;
- line-height: 1; }
- hr.pgx { width: 100%;
- margin-top: 3em;
- margin-bottom: 0em;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- height: 4px;
- border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */
- border-style: solid;
- border-color: #000000;
- clear: both; }
- </style>
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1 class="pgx" title="">The Project Gutenberg eBook, Bicycling for Ladies, by Maria E. Ward</h1>
-<p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
-and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-eBook or online at <a
-href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you are not
-located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this ebook.</p>
-<p>Title: Bicycling for Ladies</p>
-<p> The Common Sense of Bicycling; with Hints as to the Art of Wheeling--Advice to Beginners--Dress--Care of the Bicycle--Mechanics--Training--Exercise, etc., etc.</p>
-<p>Author: Maria E. Ward</p>
-<p>Release Date: May 25, 2020 [eBook #62227]</p>
-<p>Language: English</p>
-<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
-<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BICYCLING FOR LADIES***</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<h4 class="pgx" title="">E-text prepared by<br />
- the Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
- (<a href="http://www.pgdp.net">http://www.pgdp.net</a>)<br />
- from page images generously made available by<br />
- Internet Archive<br />
- (<a href="https://archive.org">https://archive.org</a>)</h4>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;margin: 0 auto;" cellpadding="10">
- <tr>
- <td valign="top">
- Note:
- </td>
- <td>
- Images of the original pages are available through
- Internet Archive. See
- <a href="https://archive.org/details/commonsenseofbic00ward">
- https://archive.org/details/commonsenseofbic00ward</a>
- </td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<div class="tnbox">
-<p class="center">Please see the <a href="#TN">Transcriber&#8217;s Note</a> at the end of this text.</p>
-</div><!--tnbox-->
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<hr class="pgx" />
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/cover_both.jpg" alt="Front and rear cover" width="600" height="426" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p class="fauxh1">BICYCLING FOR LADIES</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig1">
-
-<img src="images/illo004.jpg" alt="" width="211" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">WHEELING FROM THE PEG&mdash;SHOWING INCLINATION OF WHEEL.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="titlepage">
-
-<p class="center fsize125"><i><span class="smcap bb">The Common Sense of Bicycling</span></i></p>
-
-<h1><span class="line1"><span class="smcap">Bicycling for Ladies</span></span><br />
-<span class="line2"><i><span class="smcap">With Hints as to the Art of Wheeling&mdash;<br />Advice
-to Beginners&mdash;Dress&mdash;Care of<br />
-the Bicycle&mdash;Mechanics&mdash;Training<br />&mdash;Exercise,
-Etc., Etc.</span></i></span></h1>
-
-<p class="center highline3 fsize80">BY</p>
-
-<p class="center highline3 fsize125">MARIA <span class="padl2 padr2">E.</span> WARD</p>
-
-<p class="center highline3"><span class="bt bb"><i>ILLUSTRATED</i></span></p>
-
-<p class="center blankbefore2"><span class="oldtype">New York:</span><br />
-BRENTANO&#8217;S</p>
-
-<table class="locations" summary="Locations">
-
-<tr>
-<td><span class="smcap">Chicago</span></td>
-<td><span class="smcap">Washington</span></td>
-<td><span class="smcap">Paris</span></td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-</div><!--titlepage-->
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="copyright">
-
-<p><i>Copyright, 1896, by<br />
-BRENTANO&#8217;S</i></p>
-
-</div><!--copyright-->
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Pageix">[ix]</span></p>
-
-<p class="fauxh1">BICYCLING FOR LADIES</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<h2 class="front">PREFACE</h2>
-
-<p>I have found that in bicycling, as in other sports
-essayed by them, women and girls bring upon themselves
-censure from many sources. I have also
-found that this censure, though almost invariably
-deserved, is called forth not so much by what they
-do as the way they do it.</p>
-
-<p>It is quite natural to suppose, in attempting an
-unaccustomed exercise, that you have to do only
-what you see done and as others about you are doing.
-But to attain success in bicycling, as in other
-things, it is necessary to study the means as well as
-to look to the end to be attained, and to understand
-what must not be attempted as well as to know each
-step that will be an advance on the road to progress.</p>
-
-<p>A great deal has been said against attempting to
-study a little of anything; but when a slight knowledge
-of several important branches of science that
-bear directly upon a subject under consideration,
-and that a subject concerning the health and safety
-of many individuals, will render one intelligently
-self-dependent, and able at least to exercise without<span class="pagenum" id="Pagex">[x]</span>
-endangering one&#8217;s own health or the lives of others,
-the acquisition of such knowledge should not be neglected.</p>
-
-<p>There are laws of mechanics and of physiology
-that directly concern the cyclist; it has been the
-author&#8217;s aim to point out these laws, showing, for
-instance, the possible dangers of exercise, and how
-they may be avoided by the application to bicycle
-exercise of simple and well-known physiological
-laws, thus enabling the cyclist to resist fatigue and
-avoid over-exertion. The needs of the bicyclist are
-an intelligent comprehension of the bicycle as a machine,
-an appreciative knowledge of the human machine
-that propels it, and a realization of the fact
-that rider and bicycle should form one combined
-mechanism. For this, a knowledge of the laws that
-determine the limits and possibilities of both mechanisms
-is necessary. The cyclist is limited, not
-only by laws physiological and laws mechanical,
-which determine when and for how long he may
-travel, but he is restricted by the laws and ordinances
-of county, town and village as to how and where he
-may travel. A knowledge of these laws is also
-necessary.</p>
-
-<p>While not attempting to treat any of these subjects
-exhaustively, the author has endeavored to place
-them comprehensively before her readers, hoping to
-prepare the enthusiast to enjoy all the delights of the
-sport, to encourage the timid, and to assist the inexperienced
-to define and determine existing limitations.
-The subject of the care of the bicycle has
-been carefully treated, some of the means at hand<span class="pagenum" id="Pagexi">[xi]</span>
-suggested, and the necessary tools, and their uses explained.
-Other topics considered are how the bicycle
-is propelled, and why it maintains its balance;
-what the cyclist should learn, how correct form may
-be attained and faults avoided, and what should be
-the essential features of the clothing worn.</p>
-
-<p>The author wishes to acknowledge indebtedness to
-Dr. Legrange, and to Messrs. D. Appleton &amp; Co.
-for their permission to quote from &#8220;Physiology of
-Bodily Exercise.&#8221;</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Pagexii">[xii-<br />xiii]<a id="Pagexiii"></a></span></p>
-
-<h2 class="front">TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2>
-
-
-<table class="toc" summary="ToC">
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="right padl1 fsize80">PAGE.</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER I.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Possibilities</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page1">1</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER II.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">What the Bicycle Does</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page8">8</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER III.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">On Wheels in General and Bicycles in Particular</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page14">14</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER IV.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">For Beginners</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page22">22</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER V.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">How to Make Progress</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page29">29</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER VI.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Helping and Teaching; What to Learn</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page37">37</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER VII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">A Few Things to Remember</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page47">47</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER VIII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">The Art of Wheeling on a Bicycle</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page56">56</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER IX.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="pagenum" id="Pagexiv">[xiv]</span><span class="smcap">Position and Power</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page71">71</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER X.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Difficulties to Overcome</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page82">82</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XI.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Dress</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page93">93</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Watch and Cyclometer</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page100">100</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XIII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Women and Tools</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page112">112</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XIV.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Tools and How to Use Them</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page118">118</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XV.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Solving a Problem</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page125">125</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XVI.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Where to Keep a Bicycle</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page138">138</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XVII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Tires</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page145">145</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XVIII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Mechanics of Bicycling</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page156">156</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XIX.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Adjustment</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page164">164</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XX.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Exercise</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page170">170</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XXI.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Training</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page175">175</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td colspan="2" class="chapno"><i>CHAPTER XXII.</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="chapname"><span class="smcap">Breathlessness; The Limit Mechanical</span></td>
-<td class="pageno"><a href="#Page189">189</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Pagexv">[xv]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="front">LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
-
-<table class="loi" summary="LoI">
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig1">1</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Wheeling from the Peg&mdash;Showing Inclination of Wheel</span></td>
-<td colspan="3" class="left bot"><i>Frontispiece</i></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig2">2</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Correct Position&mdash;Leaning with the Wheel</span></td>
-<td class="center bot"><i>Opposite</i></td>
-<td class="center bot"><i>&nbsp;Page&nbsp;</i></td>
-<td class="pageno">22</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig3">3</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Incorrect Position&mdash;Leaning Against the Inclination</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">24</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig4">4</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Proper Way to Stand a Bicycle</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">30</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig5">5</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Carrying the Bicycle</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">32</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig6">6</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Picking Up a Bicycle</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">34</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig7">7</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Leading a Bicycle About</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">38</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig8">8</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Preparing to Dismount</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">40</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig9">9</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Dismounting</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">42</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig10">10</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Correct Pedaling</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">56</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig11">11</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Following Pedal</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">58</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig12">12</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Lifting</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">60</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig13">13</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Back Pedaling</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">62</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig14">14</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Back Pedaling&mdash;Showing Distribution of Weight</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">64</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig15">15</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Hill-Climbing&mdash;Pushing Crank Over</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">66</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig16">16</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Coasting</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">72</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig17">17</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Wheeling One Foot Over</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">74</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig18">18</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Wheeling from the Peg&mdash;Showing Distribution of Weight</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">76</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig19">19</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="pagenum" id="Pagexvi">[xvi]</span><span class="smcap">Preparing to Mount&mdash;Showing
-Inclination</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">82</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig20">20</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Incorrect Mounting Position</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">84</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig21">21</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Mounting&mdash;Preparatory Position</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">86</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig22">22</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Correct Mounting Position</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">88</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig23">23</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Mounting&mdash;Second Position</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">90</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig24">24</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Dismounting Over the Wheel</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">92</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig25">25</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Mounting Over the Wheel from Peg</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">94</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig26">26</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Starting a Nut</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">112</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig27">27</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Adjusting a Wrench</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">116</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig28">28</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Applying Power</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">118</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig29">29</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Screwing Up</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">120</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig30">30</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Unscrewing</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">122</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig31">31</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Preparing to Turn Bicycle Over</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">126</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig32">32</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Turning the Bicycle Over</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">128</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig33">33</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">The Bicycle Turned Over</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">130</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="illono"><a href="#Fig34">34</a>.</td>
-<td class="description"><span class="smcap">Straightening the Handle-Bars</span></td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="center bot">&#8222;</td>
-<td class="pageno">136</td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page1">[1]</span></p>
-
-<p class="center highline4 fsize200">BICYCLING FOR LADIES.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER I.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Possibilities.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Bicycling is a modern sport, offering infinite
-variety and opportunity. As an exercise, at present
-unparalleled, it accomplishes much with comparatively
-little expenditure of effort; as a relaxation, it
-has many desirable features; and its limitless possibilities,
-its future of usefulness, and the effect of
-its application to modern economic and social conditions,
-present a wide field for speculation.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling possesses many advantages, and is within
-the reach of nearly all. For the athlete and the
-sportsman, it opens up new worlds; for the family it
-solves problems; for the tired and hurried worker,
-it has many possibilities. The benefits to be derived
-from the exercise cannot be over-estimated
-and the dangers that result from over-doing are correspondingly
-great; for it is easy to over-exert when
-exhilarated with exercise and unconscious of
-fatigue.</p>
-
-<p>It is but recently that the bicycle has become a
-perfected mechanism, adaptable to general usage,<span class="pagenum" id="Page2">[2]</span>
-simple and scientific. The railroad makes possible
-direct and rapid communication between widely
-separated localities. The usefulness of the bicycle
-begins where that of the railroad ceases, for it connects
-and opens districts of country that the railroad
-has not reached; indeed, it is to the bicycle in connection
-with the railroads with which the country is
-gridironed that we must look to make possible the
-enjoyment of much that is beautiful and valuable,
-but otherwise inaccessible. To the naturalist, the
-traveller, and the intelligent observer, cycling offers
-advantages which are limited only by time and
-opportunity.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling has been adapted to serve many purposes;
-but it is bicycling as an athletic exercise and
-sport, with the bicycle propelled by human power
-only, that we shall now consider. The history of the
-bicycle is modern. The study of its evolution shows
-the development of a great industry, constantly introducing
-and applying improvements; most important
-of these was the pneumatic tire, which made
-bicycling universally possible.</p>
-
-<p>Getting under way for even a short cruise awheel
-has some of the features familiar to the yachtsman.
-To the skater, the motion is not unlike the rapid,
-swaying movement on the ice, the silence and the
-rush of succeeding strokes. To the horseman, the
-dissimilarity of the two modes of locomotion, after
-the settling to work has been accomplished, is very
-striking. For the uninitiated and for some others,
-bicycling does not possess attractions. The bicycle
-is a familiar object, not compelling a second thought.<span class="pagenum" id="Page3">[3]</span>
-One reason for this is that it is not really brought to
-the intelligent notice of the casual passer. The
-cyclist, to the stationary observer or the comparatively
-stationary pedestrian, is such a fleeting instantaneosity
-that, unless thrown among enthusiasts
-over the sport, few of the unenlightened would be
-tempted to try it; for they are as unappreciative of
-what the wheel means to the cyclist as is the countryman,
-who lives near a railway, of the intricacies
-of commerce which are indicated by the flying mail.</p>
-
-<p>To the lover of out-door life the bicycle presents
-a succession of wonderful possibilities. Much has
-been written of canoe-trips and of the charms of
-cruising among our inland waters; as charming and
-as attractive is land travel on the wheel. Bicycling,
-moreover, combines the best features of many other
-sports with advantages peculiar to it, for instance,
-the cyclist must work, and there is much pleasure in
-watching progress made with so little effort&mdash;the
-work all his own, the machine but a means of locomotion&mdash;enjoying
-and appreciating all the beauties
-of the country traversed, while yet conscious of the
-power to hasten away as soon as the surroundings
-cease to interest or amuse. By the scientist and the
-naturalist, no encouragement is needed; the bicycle
-at once compels their attention. The lover of
-horses may fear that this new mode of locomotion
-may interfere with his sport&mdash;the same objection
-that was advanced against the introduction of the
-steam engine. But the bicycle does not displace; it
-is rather a link in the chain connecting driving and
-railroading. Bicycling, furthermore, means good<span class="pagenum" id="Page4">[4]</span>
-roads, not as a luxury, but as a necessity, for it is
-impossible without them. Rough country may be
-crossed, but the bicycle must be pushed or carried
-across it, and this is not practicable for any considerable
-distance.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle, though a simple machine, is a complicated
-mechanism simplified. The principle that
-keeps it from falling is a well-known one&mdash;that of
-the gyroscope, the only known mechanism that overcomes
-gravity.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle has its limits, determined by the
-powers of its rider and the surface ridden over. The
-motion is unquestionably fascinating after the control
-of the machine is acquired; and there is an accompanying
-exhilaration that is peculiar to the
-sport, and always something to conquer, something
-to accomplish, besides the direct benefit to be derived
-from the exercise.</p>
-
-<p>There is a great variety of methods of bicycling,
-whether for exercise, transportation or travel. In
-travelling, the country all about soon becomes, as it
-were, your own domain. Instead of a few squares,
-you know several towns; instead of an acquaintance
-with the country for a few miles about, you can
-claim familiarity with two or three counties; an all-day
-expedition is reduced to a matter of a couple of
-hours; and unless a break-down occurs, you are at
-all times independent. This absolute freedom of
-the cyclist can be known only to the initiated, and
-as proficiency is acquired, it becomes a most attractive
-feature of the sport.</p>
-
-<p>There is bicycling weather, as there is skating<span class="pagenum" id="Page5">[5]</span>
-weather, yachting weather, or weather favorable for
-any out-door sport or exercise. But it is easy to
-wait for bicycling weather, and nothing has to make
-way for it. The machine is always ready, and that
-is all that is needed if a suitable country is accessible.
-On the road the bicyclist is rendered independent
-of assistance, for everything needful is prepared
-for him, and parts and repair supplies can be
-carried and need but little room. Only inattention
-or carelessness should cause delay. Still, proper
-preparation is essential to enjoy bicycling at its best,
-and the bicyclist should be ready to meet any emergency.</p>
-
-<p>That there is necessarily the element of sociability
-about cycling is evident. There are so many stops,
-and the dusty wheelmen grouped among their
-wheels at the roadside have always the bond of a
-common interest; from this, transition to individual
-fads and fancies is easy; there is constant opportunity
-for acquiring special knowledge and for using
-it; and almost every accomplishment is appreciated
-in addition to capability as a bicyclist, and may be
-utilized in a variety of ways; cheerfulness is an invariable
-factor; and there is always novelty and the
-possibility of excitement, for it is unusual, on a bicycle
-trip, that everything happens as it is expected
-or has been planned for.</p>
-
-<p>Too much cannot be said of the benefits to be derived
-from out-door exercise; and one of the best
-features of bicycling is that it brings so many to enjoy
-out-door life who would otherwise have little of
-either fresh air or exercise. Proper oxidation is<span class="pagenum" id="Page6">[6]</span>
-necessary to perfect health. The great danger that
-these would-be bicyclists must face is unfamiliarity
-with exercise, either general or special. Persons accustomed
-to athletic exercise know how to prepare
-for and how to resist fatigue, know what practice
-means and how proficiency may be attained. The
-bicyclist unaccustomed to athletics has all this to
-learn, and more; to him, ultimate success means
-more time given to study and less time to practice.
-The novice, however, has the advantage that he has
-nothing to unlearn, and can profit by the experience
-of others.</p>
-
-<p>To accomplish the best results, the human machine
-must not be overworked; and to stop work at
-the right moment is one of the hardest things to
-learn, and the most important to success. To learn
-the construction of a bicycle, the particular duties of
-all the parts and their adjustment, is a matter of
-memory and observation. To understand the adjustment
-of the human machine to mechanical environment
-requires cultivated perception and special
-knowledge. But the human machine is so independently
-adaptable, so hard to put out of order, that it
-may be cared for by intelligent attention to only a
-few simple laws. Do not wait for danger signals:
-know how to avoid them.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling opens a delightful future to all who attempt
-it intelligently. The inspiration of the enthusiast
-is invaluable; but it is the practical theorist
-who is successful.</p>
-
-<p>A bright, sunny morning, fresh and cool; good
-roads and a dry atmosphere; a beautiful country before<span class="pagenum" id="Page7">[7]</span>
-you, all your own to see and to enjoy; a properly
-adjusted wheel awaiting you,&mdash;what more delightful
-than to mount and speed away, the whirr of the
-wheels, the soft grit of the tire, an occasional chain-clank
-the only sounds added to the chorus of the
-morning, as, the pace attained, the road stretches
-away before you!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page8">[8]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER II.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>What the Bicycle Does.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>The bicycle has been evolved&mdash;a mechanism, propelled
-solely by human power, capable of quadrupling
-the distance traversable by the pedestrian.</p>
-
-<p>The simple, light, and almost universally accepted
-machine is constructed to stand a strain tremendous
-in proportion to its weight; for the modern
-machine weighs only twenty pounds, and it may be
-lighter, though for some purposes it should be
-heavier. The bicyclist is virtually mounted on a
-set of casters, which propels the weight with much
-greater ease than can be attained in the act of walking.
-In walking, advantage is taken of the force
-of gravity by continually falling forward, and simultaneously
-placing the feet, with a regular motion,
-one beyond the other, to alternately receive the
-weight of the body. On the bicycle, the weight is
-carried and supported, and the wheels reduce friction
-to a minimum.</p>
-
-<p>The wheel being set in motion, power is applied
-to overcome inertia, and speed is increased by
-multiplying the number of the wheel&#8217;s revolutions;
-the application of the gyroscope principle
-assists materially, and the resistance of gravity is<span class="pagenum" id="Page9">[9]</span>
-overcome in a degree while the wheels are rapidly
-revolving.</p>
-
-<p>To set a bicycle in motion requires the expenditure
-of considerable power. A given rate of speed
-on the level may be maintained by a minimum expenditure
-of power. Bodies or masses set in motion
-maintain their velocity undiminished unless other
-forces intervene. The bicycle in motion is resisted
-on the level by air pressure and friction, on the
-roadway by friction, and by the incidental obstacles
-of the road. On an ascending plane, it must overcome
-the additional resistance of its own and its
-rider&#8217;s weight, which must be lifted constantly; on
-a descending plane, it must oppose a constantly lessening
-resistance. All this resistance and lack of
-resistance means a proportionate stress laid upon
-the bicycle, the wheels of which are all the while
-kept rapidly revolving, the large wheels moving
-much faster than the cranks and pedals.</p>
-
-<p>Each separate part of a bicycle must be made
-capable of withstanding a certain wear and strain,
-and must perform its own particular duties and
-work in conjunction with all other parts of the
-machine. To this end, it has been studied, perfected,
-tested; its weight and tensile strength calculated
-to a nicety; its finish and adjustment made
-matters of deep thought and careful investigation.</p>
-
-<p>Only the best can be made to do in bicycle manufacture;
-each piece of metal must be separately
-tested, and the maximum of strength with the minimum
-of weight must be attained. What is known
-as the safety factor enters largely into the construction<span class="pagenum" id="Page10">[10]</span>
-of the modern bicycle; that is, the machine is
-made much stronger than is necessary for the strain
-it is expected to withstand; this added strength involving
-of course the added weight of the material
-which supplies it. The calculated strength of a machine
-is the strength which fits it adequately to perform
-its work. When, as in the bicycle, the accurate
-testing by skilled workmen proves the existence
-of this degree of strength, the safety factor meanwhile
-being reduced to the lowest possible limit, the
-product is the perfected result of the highest degree
-of skill. Each part is tested for so many pounds
-strain or tension or compression, and each strain is
-accurately figured for each particular part; each part,
-moreover, must be able to stand so much additional
-strain, more than it is ever likely to have thrown
-upon it, though no bicycle is built to withstand the
-shock of collision under speed. In case of collision,
-the older, heavy bicycle was not smashed into fragments,
-as is the modern twenty-pounder. Something
-would give way, perhaps; it might break in
-several places. The light modern wheel holds together
-or is crushed to pieces, though its rider is
-less likely to suffer serious injury, the lighter
-construction having less power to do damage
-than the cumbrous wheel of fifty or sixty pounds
-weight.</p>
-
-<p>The cost of a well-made bicycle, of perfect workmanship
-and finish, represents the amount of skilled
-labor required to construct it rather than the value
-of the raw material, although, when it is remembered
-that each part must be tough, hard, strong and<span class="pagenum" id="Page11">[11]</span>
-elastic, it will be apparent that only the best of
-material can be used.</p>
-
-<p>Wheels can be made at a very low cost; but such
-wheels cannot be correctly adjusted and tested without
-the additional cost of skilled labor. For the production
-of a perfect bicycle, the machine of tested
-strength, simplicity of detail, and beauty of finish,
-the most accurate workmanship as well as the best
-material is necessary. A machine or a tool should
-always be the best of its kind, and it pays to take
-care of it. A bicycle requires as nice and accurate
-adjustment as a watch, and like a watch, with regular
-attention afterwards, will run steadily and smoothly.
-A bicycle, moreover, as much or more than a
-watch, is individual property, and each individual
-wants the best.</p>
-
-<p>Our physical powers have been tested in certain
-directions; in walking, for instance, we know what
-we can do, how far we can go, how much it is wise
-to attempt. The bicycle appeals to us as a means
-of swift locomotion attained without other force
-than our own powers four or five times multiplied
-by mechanical processes. The bicycle enables one
-to do, to prove one&#8217;s powers; it puts one in conceit
-with one&#8217;s self. When one is not a pedestrian,
-does not care for equestrian pleasures&mdash;and, indeed,
-in the majority of cases, there is little to compel attention
-to these means of recreation&mdash;the bicycle
-offers the opportunity to find the limit of one&#8217;s
-powers in a new field. It supplies, too, a new
-pleasure&mdash;the pleasure of going where one wills,
-because one wills. The attention has only to be directed,<span class="pagenum" id="Page12">[12]</span>
-and the wheel, responsive to touch or
-thought, moves in unison with the rider&#8217;s will,
-flitting hither and thither, that he may enjoy
-the freshness of nature and the ever-changing
-beauty of clouds and sky, of sunshine and shadow,
-of meadow and sea, lake and river, mountain and
-forest.</p>
-
-<p>Riding the wheel, our own powers are revealed to
-us, a new sense is seemingly created. The unobserving
-are gradually awakened, and the keen observer is
-thrilled with quick and rare delight. The system is
-invigorated, the spirit is refreshed, the mind, freed
-from care, swept of dusty cobwebs, is filled with
-new and beautiful impressions. You have conquered
-a new world, and exultingly you take possession
-of it.</p>
-
-<p>Travelling by vehicle or by any public conveyance,
-the sense of individual responsibility is reduced
-to the minimum; it is indeed no appreciable
-factor. You pay so much to be taken up and set
-down, so much for a reasonable amount of safety,
-comfort, and convenience. Mounted on a wheel,
-you feel at once the keenest sense of responsibility.
-You are there to do as you will within reasonable
-limits; you are continually being called upon to
-judge and to determine points that before have not
-needed your consideration, and consequently you
-become alert, active, quick-sighted, and keenly alive
-as well to the rights of others as to what is due yourself.
-You are responsible to yourself for yourself;
-you are responsible to the public for yourself;
-and you are responsible to the public for<span class="pagenum" id="Page13">[13]</span>
-the rights of others. The upholding of laws
-and ordinances, the general welfare, public
-health and safety&mdash;problems never before, perhaps,
-called to your attention&mdash;come up one by
-one for consideration. In short, individual duty,
-recognition of the rights of others, consideration of
-means for the proper enforcing of laws, all are suggested
-to the awakening mind of the bicyclist. The
-bicycle is an educational factor, subtle and far-reaching,
-creating the desire for progress, the preference
-for what is better, the striving for the best, broadening
-the intelligence and intensifying love of home
-and country. For all that is beautiful is ours&mdash;ours
-to protect and to cherish.</p>
-
-<p>To the many who earnestly wish to be actively at
-work in the world, the opportunity has come; they
-need but to come face to face with it to solve this
-problem of something to conquer, something to
-achieve.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page14">[14]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER III.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>On Wheels in General and Bicycles in Particular.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>The form of the wheel is very ancient, its construction
-modern, even recent. Its evolution has
-been gradual. First came the round stick or roller,
-placed beneath a weight; then a roller with its central
-portion shaped and thinned to lessen friction;
-then two disk-shaped sections of a log, connected by
-a bar upon which they revolved, replaced the clumsy
-stick.</p>
-
-<p>Each wheel or disk then began to receive separate
-attention. There was the wear on the edge or rim
-to be considered, and it was found that if its surface
-were protected, the disk would last indefinitely longer.
-Then it was noticed that the hole in the centre
-of the disk wore unevenly, and it was reinforced,
-and the hub began to take form. When the rim was
-strong and the central portion of the wheel remained
-intact, the disk was found to be heavier and stronger
-than it need to be to support the outer portion of the
-wheel. Some of the useless heavy part was removed,
-and the disk pierced with holes to make it lighter;
-then these holes were shaped between the remaining
-portions, which took the form of pillars or spokes.
-A pillar would break, and be replaced by a rounded<span class="pagenum" id="Page15">[15]</span>
-stick; and thus, perhaps, the rude idea took form of
-constructing a wheel out of several pieces, for the
-sake of securing economy, durability, and lightness.</p>
-
-<p>A wheel, then, was well constructed, with a large,
-heavy piece in the centre to stand friction and bear
-weight, and with the rim made of several pieces, each
-piece supported on a spoke, and all held together by
-a band called a tire. In the course of time the hub
-became heavier, the spokes thinner, the rim stronger
-and lighter, and the tire narrower. The bar connecting
-two wheels was made very strong, with
-smooth ends for the wheels to revolve easily upon.
-Pins were driven into holes in the projecting ends
-of the axle, or bar, and later the pins replaced by
-knobs, or nuts. Then the wheels were brought
-closer together, and found to run more easily; and
-the tire, cutting too deep into soft surfaces, was
-widened. Attention, moreover, was paid to the roadway,
-very bad places being filled and smoothed.</p>
-
-<p>A wheel is defined as &#8220;a circular frame turning
-on an axle&#8221;; an axle as &#8220;a shaft or rod, either solid
-or hollow, on which a wheel is placed.&#8221; The first
-bicycle wheels were constructed like carriage wheels,
-the limit of that method of construction arrived at.
-The rim was supported on the spokes, which rested
-on the hub. The minimum definite quantity of material
-was ascertained, but the wheel was still too
-heavy and bulky. If the weight of material was lessened,
-however, it would fall to pieces.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle wheel of to-day is a compound mechanism
-constructed on reverse principles. The wheel
-is made on the principle of suspension, an inverted<span class="pagenum" id="Page16">[16]</span>
-application of weight and thrust. The hub is hung
-from the rim, and the axle supported in that way.
-Each bicycle wheel is really two wheels, graceful in
-form, with but one rim, and with two hubs, one on
-either end of a short axle, the spokes being drawn
-to a common rim, and made stiff enough to carry
-weight, and elastic enough to withstand shock.
-The rim or frame is elastic and durable. To this
-rim many wire spokes are fastened, and the hubs
-for each wheel are centred and hung from them.
-The hubs and axle are wider than the rim of the
-wheel, and the spokes are fastened alternately to
-either end, thus giving a tangent strain which
-stiffens the wheel and gives it strength. The tire is
-a separate construction, possessing several individual
-features. The only office of the old tire was to protect
-the rim of the wheel from wear; the pneumatic
-tire protects the rim, presents a good friction surface,
-and is enabled by its elasticity to take the shock
-and jar of the entire bicycle.</p>
-
-<p>In order that the wheel may turn, the axle must
-be lubricated; otherwise the inside of the hub will
-become hot, and wear the face of the axle a little
-rough. The surfaces then cannot pass, but remain
-fixed and immovable, and the wheel cannot turn.
-The introduction of a third material of a different
-consistency between the revolving surfaces prevents
-their wearing against each other, and the lubricant
-is rubbed and rubbed again; there is so little of the
-lubricant that it does not accumulate sufficiently to
-cause resistance, and the moving surfaces slip
-smoothly over each other.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page17">[17]</span></p>
-
-<p>The axle of a modern bicycle wheel is compound,
-and although there are two ends to the axle, there is
-but one rim to the wheel. The rim carries all the
-weight distributed from many points at once; the
-weights resist each other, and give strength and
-stiffness. The axle really carries double, two
-wheels with but one rim; and each end of the axle
-is supported at so many points that it possesses
-great weight-carrying power in proportion to the
-weight of material used in its construction. The
-weight of the frame is supported on the axles of the
-rear and front wheels. Of its construction it is sufficient
-to say that the weight is taken up on the
-thrust principle and that wherever a point of support
-for the thrust is located, the frame is strengthened
-to support and resist the thrust.</p>
-
-<p>By a mechanical application of power, the power
-of the pressure of the foot on the pedal is multiplied,
-one revolution of the pedal crank causing the rear
-wheel to revolve a number of times. In the chain
-gear the mechanical means is a large wheel on the
-axle to which the pedal cranks are attached, and a
-smaller wheel on the axle of the rear wheel. There
-are teeth on both these wheels, the large wheel having
-the greater number. The band or chain passing
-over the large sprocket-wheel has links which engage
-each tooth of the wheel as the chain passes
-over it, and as that wheel revolves, it pulls the
-chain over, link by link.</p>
-
-<p>The small wheel is also provided with teeth, and
-every time the large sprocket-wheel is turned, if
-only a little way, it pulls the chain link by link, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page18">[18]</span>
-the chain link by link pulls the rear wheel tooth by
-tooth. The small sprocket-wheel revolves as the
-chain pulls it, revolving oftener than the large wheel
-to keep count with it tooth for tooth. The number
-of teeth on the sprocket-wheels determines the multiplicity
-of revolutions of the rear wheel.</p>
-
-<p>The rear wheel revolves very rapidly, in the process
-becoming virtually a gyroscope; and a gyroscope
-will maintain the plane in which it revolves
-unless other forces intervene. The front wheel
-takes its motion from the friction of the surface over
-which it is propelled, and after the bicycle is in motion,
-the forces that are applied to control and direct
-its movement are friction and resistance. After the
-cyclist is mounted, there is the added complication
-of a constantly shifting centre of gravity, caused by
-change of balance. The steering is effected by
-changing the direction of the front wheel, the rear
-wheel being enabled to follow by a slight slipping
-over the wheeling surface. If the change of direction
-is too abrupt, the rear wheel will slip enough
-to lose its hold on the surface, and the weight of
-the rider will be suddenly shifted from above the
-point of support (the axle of the rear wheel) to the
-top of the rim of the wheel, thus becoming a lever
-with the weight on the end of the long arm, and the
-bicycle falls over.</p>
-
-<p>As the wheels revolve, there is a constant pull on
-tire and rim. Just as the chain is pulled over the
-sprocket-wheels, the tire is pulled by friction over
-the surface ridden on. If this surface affords the
-tire no hold, it is impossible for the wheel to advance,<span class="pagenum" id="Page19">[19]</span>
-as on a muddy surface. The crank may impart
-a motion to the wheel, but this motion will not
-enable the wheel to maintain its place; or if, in
-overcoming the cranks at the dead centre, too much
-weight is applied to one side of the wheel, the same
-thing occurs, and the wheel falls over. There are a
-number of mechanical means for conveying the motion
-of the foot to the wheel of the bicycle to cause
-the wheels to revolve.</p>
-
-<p>There are many ways of constructing a frame,
-and different designs and patterns of fittings for
-different parts; but the main idea of the bicycle does
-not change&mdash;a fixed wheel to which motion is imparted,
-and a movable or guiding wheel, independent
-of the power wheel, and revolving only because
-the machine is pushed or pulled forward. This
-second wheel gives stability, and supports the wheel
-at a movable point.</p>
-
-<p>We have, therefore, a wheel which supports a
-frame and the weight it carries. The frame is supported
-on two wheels, one end of the frame taking
-the weight, and that end supported on one wheel.
-The second wheel merely supports one end of the
-frame. If the frame were attached at one end directly
-and rigidly to the second wheel, the weight
-carrying wheel would move in the same plane with
-it. A child&#8217;s two-wheeled cart will illustrate this.
-While moving forward in a straight line, the child is
-safe until one or both of the wheels begin to travel
-in a rut, when the rigid handle or tongue of the cart
-resists the guiding power, and the child is pulled or
-thrown over. If the tongue or frame of the wagon<span class="pagenum" id="Page20">[20]</span>
-is allowed play, as it is called, say by being held
-easily in the hand, the pole may be guided. The
-supported end of the frame of the bicycle corresponds
-to the pole or tongue of the cart.</p>
-
-<p>Now, the wheel is made to steer in this way:
-We have the rigid forks, and a wheel to support
-them. The forks hold the wheel in the same plane
-as themselves, but the top part of each fork, instead
-of being fastened immovably to the frame, passes
-up through a bearing-head prepared for it in the
-frame. The wheel is supported, but it can now
-maintain a separate plane, and as the post of the
-forks changes its direction, it pulls the frame with
-it as it advances; and so the controlling or steering
-power is transferred.</p>
-
-<p>The weight-bearing wheel is led and directed;
-part of its power is transferred by thrust or push to
-the front wheel, and as the steering wheel is pushed
-over the surface, it revolves. As it revolves, part of
-its power is diverted by the movable head, and as
-the head is held and controlled by the rider, any desired
-direction may be imparted to the entire
-machine.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle may have either a diamond frame or a
-drop frame. The drop frame is made to facilitate
-mounting and to permit the adjustment of a
-woman&#8217;s dress. The diamond frame possesses great
-strength, and can be lightened to a wonderful degree
-without injury to the thrust and strain-bearing
-quality of its construction.</p>
-
-<p>A form of triangle is made use of to carry the
-greatest weight and bear the greatest strain. This<span class="pagenum" id="Page21">[21]</span>
-triangle is supported on the rear wheel, and has part
-of the frame attached to it to connect it with the
-steering-wheel. The steering-wheel is provided
-with handles by which it may be controlled. The
-weight of the rider is carried over the power wheel,
-and the propelling power, a lever movement, is imparted
-by the foot.</p>
-
-<p>From this description an idea may be formed of
-how and why a bicycle works; but the details of its
-mechanism are of endless variety of form and pattern,
-material and workmanship. Each small part,
-its form, its use, its angles of surface, its every detail
-indeed, is the product of the work of many
-minds for many years. And though the bicycle was
-looked for, and hoped for, and worked for, its
-general acceptance came suddenly, and came only
-when it had been built light enough and strong
-enough and elastic enough to warrant confidence in
-its universal usage.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page22">[22]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER IV.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>For Beginners.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Mount and away! How easy it seems. To the
-novice it is not as easy as it looks, yet everyone, or
-almost everyone, can learn to ride, though there are
-different ways of going about it. Unless the beginner
-is one of those fortunate beings who mount, and
-as it were, wheel at sight, little need be said about
-instruction at this stage of proceedings if a bicycle
-school is within reach. A few suggestions may be
-desirable, however, even with a competent instructor.</p>
-
-<p>Nothing more quickly exhausts one&#8217;s strength
-than the first few minutes with a bicycle. This is
-due to the fact that many unused muscles are called
-upon to do unaccustomed work and to work together
-in new combinations; and the effort required and
-the accompanying nervous excitement produce a
-sudden and apparently unaccountable fatigue. Normal
-conditions can be restored by resting long
-enough to allow repair of the wasted tissues. It is
-well to stop when a little tired, rather than to persist
-and finish the lesson, even if extra lessons are necessary
-to make up for lost time. No one can really
-learn anything when tired, and it is unwise to attempt<span class="pagenum" id="Page23">[23]</span>
-it. In this matter no one else can judge for
-you.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig2">
-
-<img src="images/illo039.jpg" alt="" width="335" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">CORRECT POSITION&mdash;LEANING WITH THE WHEEL.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>What a horrible moment it is when first mounted
-on a bicycle, a mere machine, a thing quite beyond
-your control, and unable even to stand by itself.
-But it is impossible to tell without trying whether
-or not you can manage a bicycle. Make the experiment,
-therefore, and find out. Any competent
-teacher will guarantee success, and after the first
-five minutes on the bicycle can tell how long it will
-take you to learn. The time varies with the individual;
-the period of instruction may last for five
-minutes or for six months, without counting extra
-lessons for fancy wheeling.</p>
-
-<p>Don&#8217;t try to get the better of your wheel. You
-cannot teach it anything, and there is really much
-for you to learn.</p>
-
-<p><i>What to keep in mind when taking your lesson.</i>&mdash;Attend
-to the bicycle and to nothing else. Don&#8217;t
-attempt to talk, and look well ahead of the machine,
-certainly not less than twenty feet. Remember
-that the bicycle will go wherever the attention is
-directed.</p>
-
-<p>In sitting upon the wheel, the spinal column
-should maintain the same vertical plane that the
-rear wheel does, and should not bend laterally to
-balance in the usual manner. A new balance must
-be acquired, and other muscular combinations than
-those that are familiarly called upon. To wheel by
-rule is the better plan until the natural balance of
-the bicyclist is developed. Sit erect and sit still.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle must be kept from falling by a wiggling<span class="pagenum" id="Page24">[24]</span>
-movement of the front wheel, conveyed by
-means of the handle-bar. When moving, the rapidly
-revolving wheels maintain the vertical plane by rotation,
-with but little assistance or correction from
-the handle-bars.</p>
-
-<p>It is a good plan, while the instructor assists you,
-to pedal with one foot at a time, holding the other
-foot free. This will enable you to determine the
-amount of pressure it is necessary to exert to cause
-the wheels to revolve.</p>
-
-<p>When both feet are on the pedals, they oppose
-each other. The weight should be lifted from the
-ascending pedal, or else the descending foot must
-push the other foot up until that foot is in position
-to exert a downward pressure. This instruction applies
-to forward pedaling only; for back pedaling or
-backing, the movement should be reversed. Practise
-pushing first with one foot and then with the
-other, taking the weight off the opposite pedal in
-each case. At each push of the pedal, a little pull
-on the handle-bars, pulling with the hand on the
-same side on which you are pushing with the foot,
-will keep the wheel from falling. Look well ahead.
-The bicycle covers the ground very rapidly, and the
-eye does not at first receive impressions quickly
-enough to enable you to know where to look and
-what to look for.</p>
-
-<p>As soon as your teacher will allow it, take the
-wheel for a little walk. This may seem rather an
-absurd proceeding, but it will assist you greatly in
-learning the feel and tendencies of the machine.
-Lead the bicycle about carefully, holding the<span class="pagenum" id="Page25">[25]</span>
-handles with both hands and avoiding the revolving
-pedals. Learn to stand it up, to turn it quickly, and
-to back it in a limited space.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig3">
-
-<img src="images/illo043.jpg" alt="" width="254" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">INCORRECT POSITION&mdash;LEANING AGAINST THE INCLINATION</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The machine heretofore has been arranged for you.
-Now you can begin to think how you would like to
-have it adjusted. You will, perhaps, find fault with
-the saddle. The saddle is a very important adjunct,
-and much depends upon its proper adjustment. A
-large, soft saddle is usually preferred by the beginner,
-and perhaps this is a good kind to learn to
-balance on; but it is a very poor kind to wheel on,
-for many reasons.</p>
-
-<p>At first, in practising pedaling, the height of the
-saddle should permit the hollow of the foot to rest
-firmly on the pedal when the pedal is lowest. The
-ball of the foot only should press on the pedal. The
-foot should be made to follow the pedal as early as
-possible. Point the toe downward on the last half
-of the down stroke, and keep pointing it until the
-pedal is at its lowest, following the pedal with the
-foot, and pointing downward until the pedal is half
-way on the up stroke. This carries the crank past
-the dead centre. To acquire a proper method, attention
-should be directed to each foot alternately.</p>
-
-<p>To learn to balance, have the saddle raised as high
-as possible, so that the ball of the foot just touches
-the pedal at its lowest. Practise wheeling in this
-way, with an instructor, or alone on a smooth surface
-where you are sure to be undisturbed.</p>
-
-<p>The hands naturally take a position where it is
-easy to grasp the handles of the handle-bars. The
-handle-bar conveys two principal movements to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page26">[26]</span>
-first wheel&mdash;a short wiggling movement and a long
-or steering sweep. The handle-bars also assist in
-maintaining the seat at first.</p>
-
-<p>The beginner usually exerts too much pressure
-on the pedals, and has to pull correspondingly hard
-on the handles to correct the falling tendency of the
-machine. This is very hard work, and stiff arms and
-shoulders and blistered hands may be often thus accounted
-for; they are the result of badly balanced
-pedaling. To be able to sit comfortably at work,
-and to feel that it is not so hard after all, is a great
-advance.</p>
-
-<p>Now, the question of that other foot. By this time
-which &#8220;the other foot&#8221; is will have become quite
-evident; it is always the foot to which attention for
-the moment is not directed, and which consequently
-may meet unexpected disaster&mdash;a lost pedal, perhaps,
-with its accompanying inconveniences.</p>
-
-<p>Downward pressure with the foot is easily acquired
-and needs little effort. To take the pressure
-off the ascending pedal at the right moment is a
-more difficult matter. Usually considerable practice
-in cycling is necessary before the unused lifting
-muscles are strengthened sufficiently by exercise to
-permit them to do their work easily.</p>
-
-<p>There is a third movement of the handle-bars&mdash;a
-quick twist in the direction the machine is leaning
-if about to fall; it is made suddenly, and brings the
-wheel back to its original position. If the wheel
-were stationary, and the front wheel were turned,
-the bicycle would fall in an opposite direction from
-the front wheel. If the wheel is about to fall, it can<span class="pagenum" id="Page27">[27]</span>
-be prevented from doing so by throwing the balance
-the other way by means of the handle-bars. A
-similar result is accomplished by wiggling the front
-wheel, and when a bicycle is moving very slowly, a
-continuous wiggle&mdash;changing the balance as the machine
-inclines from side to side&mdash;is necessary to
-keep it upright.</p>
-
-<p>The body should incline with the rear wheel and
-maintain the same plane with it, becoming as much
-as possible a part of the wheel, as though united by
-a straight bar going from the base of the tire to the
-top of the head.</p>
-
-<p>The rear wheel and all the weight that it carries is
-governed by the front wheel and controlled by
-means of the handle-bars. The rear wheel supporting
-all the rider&#8217;s weight, the power is applied to
-that wheel. The front wheel serves only for balance
-and steering.</p>
-
-<p>It is not necessary to provide a complete outfit to
-take the first lesson. If you possess a pair of knickerbockers,
-so much the better. Wear an old dress,
-easy shoes and gloves, and a hat that will stay on under
-any conditions. The clothing should be as loose
-as possible about the waist. Wear flannels, and no
-tight bands of any kind or anything elastic. As
-respiration is increased by the exercise, the clothing
-should be loose enough to allow of a long deep
-breath, drawn easily, taken by expanding the chest
-at the lower ribs to fill the lungs. This precaution
-being taken, giddiness and short-windedness can result
-only from over-exercise. Ten or fifteen
-minutes&#8217; practise is enough at first; and a half<span class="pagenum" id="Page28">[28]</span>
-hour&#8217;s lesson later, with several stops for rest, is the
-best rule for many people, particularly those unaccustomed
-to active exercise.</p>
-
-<p>If you are an equestrian, you will meet with many
-unexpected problems. The bicycle will do nothing
-for you, and the lack of horse-sense must be supplied
-by your own intelligence. It is well, when learning,
-to remove all bicycle accessories. They are only in
-the way, and add weight and distract the attention.
-The propelling of the bicycle&mdash;that is the one idea
-to keep in mind. Make the machine go; shove it
-along. Never mind if you are not quite comfortable
-or at ease at first. Sit on your saddle and stay there.
-Do not try to balance the machine. Lean the way
-the machine inclines, not away from it, as it will be
-your first impulse to do. The bicycle is not to be
-fought against; it is to be propelled and controlled;
-and the art is not difficult to acquire.</p>
-
-<p>Avoid starting a bicycle on a down grade when you
-are learning. For on a slight, even an almost imperceptible
-incline, the cycler must back-pedal; but
-the beginner wishes to propel the bicycle, and for
-that purpose must use an altogether different muscular
-combination.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page29">[29]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER V.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>How to Make Progress.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>You have learned to wheel a bicycle,&mdash;have had
-some lessons, can take the machine and mount it,
-wheel a little way, and fall off; or can wheel for some
-time without a dismount, but feel utterly exhausted
-after a short spin. You have accomplished what
-you attempted,&mdash;you can wheel a bicycle; but you
-feel dissatisfied. You have tried to ride with
-friends, perhaps, and have had to give it up; yet
-you feel that you should be able to do what others
-have done and are doing all the time. It is very
-discouraging.</p>
-
-<p>What you should have now is a suitable and comfortable
-wheeling outfit. You perhaps have a bicycle
-of your own; if not, a good wheel may be hired
-reasonably. The matter of dress is now all-important,
-and a costume suitable for cycling should be
-selected; it is impossible to do good work or to practise
-comfortably unless you are properly dressed.</p>
-
-<p>Choose for a practice ride a pleasant day, with
-little or no wind, and neither too hot nor too cold.
-The atmospheric conditions are an important factor
-in bicycling; indeed, beginners are often discouraged
-by external conditions which really have nothing<span class="pagenum" id="Page30">[30]</span>
-to do with their mastery of the machine. Take
-the bicycle out on a smooth road, where you may
-have two or three miles free from traffic, and as level
-as possible. If the road is muddy or slippery, wait
-for the proper conditions. Unless the surface is
-smooth and dry, it is better to take the bicycle back
-without attempting to mount it. If two or three
-miles of good road are not accessible, a quarter-mile
-stretch or even less will serve. Select a good pathway,
-however short.</p>
-
-<p>See that the wheel is adjusted to suit you; the saddle
-of a comfortable height, certainly not too high;
-the handle-bars convenient to grasp. Assure yourself
-that all the nuts are secure, the saddle and
-handle-bars firm. Spin the pedals to see that they
-revolve easily. Make up your mind before mounting
-how far you want to go; mount the machine,
-wheel it for this distance, and dismount. Do not
-try to look about while wheeling. Give your whole
-attention to the bicycle and keep your eyes fixed in
-the direction you are travelling. Avoid hollows and
-cart-ruts, though these should not occur if the locality
-for practice is well chosen. If an unexpected
-hollow or hump should be encountered, hold hard to
-the handle-bars and press firmly on the pedals, rising
-at the same time a little from the saddle. The
-pedals are most important parts, the controlling
-power being centred in them. If there is a good
-hand-brake on the bicycle, it is well to note its action
-and to understand how to apply it; for in case of a
-lost pedal, its application might give a little confidence.
-By a &#8220;lost pedal&#8221; is meant, not that part of<span class="pagenum" id="Page31">[31]</span>
-the machine is literally lost, but that the foothold is
-missed on it, and so control of the wheel lost for the
-moment.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig4">
-
-<img src="images/illo051.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="355" />
-
-<p class="caption">PROPER WAY TO STAND A BICYCLE.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>If out of breath, wait until rested. Rest for a few
-minutes in any case, and look about, and note the
-surface wheeled over. Then plan another spin, of
-perhaps a few hundred feet. Fix upon an objective
-point, wheel to it, and dismount. Rest thoroughly,
-and mount again. Be careful to avoid becoming
-chilled while resting, stopping only long enough to
-restore the natural breathing and to look over the
-road.</p>
-
-<p>Half an hour of this kind of work at first every
-suitable day is enough. If you are strong and accustomed
-to active exercise, the time may be prolonged
-to an hour or an hour and a half; or you may practise
-twice daily, morning and afternoon, or afternoon
-and evening. Cycling weather is an uncertain
-quantity, and all possible advantages should be taken
-of it. If tired after the first day&#8217;s practice, do
-not attempt to resume it until entirely rested, even
-if it is necessary to wait for two or three days; for
-unless the wheel is well understood and the wheeler
-fairly practised, it is hard work. The practised cyclist
-controls the bicycle without conscious effort,
-and may direct his attention to his surroundings;
-but the novice must concentrate his attention on his
-machine.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle should always be handled carefully; for
-though it is made strong enough for the emergencies
-of being thrown and pulled and twisted, none of these
-things improve it. Keep the polish free from<span class="pagenum" id="Page32">[32]</span>
-scratches, and the more delicate parts free from
-dents. Do not let the bicycle fall or throw it down
-carelessly. Learn to balance it against a curb or
-post or fence or any other convenient object, without
-injury to the bicycle or to the supporting surface.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle will balance in this way: The front
-wheel kept from moving at either the tire or the
-centre of the frame; the pedal resting against some
-firm object.</p>
-
-<p>Do not wheel near anything, but give yourself as
-much room as possible. A practised cyclist can take
-a bicycle wherever it is possible to walk, but it is
-sometimes a feat to do this.</p>
-
-<p>The proper position cannot be too soon acquired.
-Sit erect and not too far from the handle-bars.
-Let the hands grasp the handles in an easy, natural
-position. The saddle should be quite over the
-pedals to give a natural movement, forward, down,
-back, and up. The bicycle is sensitive, and yields
-to almost unconscious direction; but if the eye is
-not trained to judge distances, steering will be difficult
-at first. It is necessary to look well ahead, to
-decide quickly what you will do, and to do it. Pedal
-fast, but do not hurry. Don&#8217;t try to find out how
-fast you can go. This is not a good time for such
-an experiment; it will be easy later to test your
-speed. Pedal fast enough to keep the machine running
-easily and smoothly and to feel it take care of
-itself a little. It is easier to guide and control it
-when it is in motion with the wheels rolling rapidly.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig5">
-
-<img src="images/illo055.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="555" />
-
-<p class="caption">CARRYING THE BICYCLE.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>It is not a good plan to select a very light wheel
-for practice. The tendencies and the peculiarities<span class="pagenum" id="Page33">[33]</span>
-of the bicycle are more readily determined when
-there is a little weight to resist. Be careful to wear
-nothing tight, particularly shoes, gloves, waistband,
-or hat; for they might prove a source of discomfort
-or even danger.</p>
-
-<p>Learn to steady the bicycle as soon as you can. It
-will wiggle and wobble from a number of causes.
-The front wheel must be kept steady. Wobbling
-results from losing the sense of direction for a moment.
-To overcome the difficulty, either stop and
-dismount, or, if it is possible, increase your speed.</p>
-
-<p>Before taking a bicycle out, have any oil that may
-have settled on the outside of the bearings wiped
-off, and add a little fresh oil to the oil-cups. The
-chain or power gear should be lubricated, and any
-superfluous lubricant carefully removed. The ease
-with which the bicycle runs depends on proper cleaning
-and oiling; an illy cared for or badly oiled machine,
-moreover, is very unpleasant to handle.</p>
-
-<p>A course of practice will inspire confidence, and
-wobbling will occur less and less frequently. Then
-the inequalities of surface will be noticed, and the
-cyclist will wonder why it is harder to wheel in some
-places and in certain directions. Parts of the road
-are covered, the wheeler being almost unconscious
-of exerting any force, and again in places the foot
-seems to be pushed up. Ease and comfort in wheeling
-are dependent to a large degree on the wind and
-to a much larger degree on the grades and hills. A
-very little grade, a very slight rise, quite unnoticeable
-to the pedestrian, is disagreeably obvious to the
-bicyclist. The difficulty presented may be overcome<span class="pagenum" id="Page34">[34]</span>
-by pushing on the pedal at the right place as it
-descends, and at the right time, time and place
-being also adjusted to the weight and power of the
-bicyclist. To push at just the right time on a grade
-assures an easy ascent. Any difficulty in pedaling
-may be traced to a wrong application of power.</p>
-
-<p>Hill-climbing and grade work require thought
-and practice. Do not be discouraged because a little
-bit of a hill seems quite impossible. Overcoming
-grades is no easy matter, and is usually learned slowly;
-every time a grade is attempted, however, some
-progress is made. Wheel as far as it is possible to
-go comfortably; then dismount, and walk the rest
-of the way. Never try to mount on an up grade unless
-you are expert, for this is a difficult and most
-fatiguing thing to do. When mounting, notice the
-grade, and if it is downward, do not have the mounting
-pedal at its full height; and select a clear place
-to mount in. If an up grade must be wheeled over,
-it is often advisable to mount in a downward direction,
-wheel far enough for a start, and then turn to
-ascend without dismounting. Learn to pedal slowly
-and steadily and to start and stop easily. These
-things may be practised at convenient times, and
-with sufficient practice will be mastered, but meanwhile
-need keep no one from attempting a moderately
-long run.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig6">
-
-<img src="images/illo059.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="473" />
-
-<p class="caption">PICKING UP A BICYCLE.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Uncertain attempts at mounting are very fatiguing.
-Get some one to mount and start you when off
-for the first long outings; the energy saved can be
-better utilized in wheeling. Do not be afraid to
-wheel over small inequalities if their direction is at<span class="pagenum" id="Page35">[35]</span>
-right angles to the direction of the bicycle; but
-avoid all ruts and depressions parallel with the
-wheel&#8217;s direction. It is easy to slip into them, and
-difficult to get out of them without a spill.</p>
-
-<p>Never eat a full meal before starting on a bicycle
-trip; if possible, set the time for starting at least an
-hour after eating. Ten, twenty, and thirty miles
-are often covered after the first or second trial. It
-is better to sit on your wheel and pedal slowly than
-to dismount. Getting on and off, stopping and starting,
-are much more fatiguing than wheeling; and it
-is well to economize your strength at this stage.
-Always see that the tool-kit is in place on the bicycle,
-and never go far without a wrench and a screw
-driver.</p>
-
-<p>The tires also should receive close attention; they
-should be properly inflated, and the hand-pump
-carried on a convenient place on the machine. It is
-never well to use a tire that is not property inflated.
-Avoid all broken glass, nails, etc., and do not rest
-the wheel against a barbed wire fence.</p>
-
-<p>The wheeler who desires to succeed cannot too
-soon begin to observe and take notes. Early learn
-to use the wrench yourself, and study how to apply
-that instrument properly. Study the different parts
-of the bicycle, and note how they are put together;
-and particularly observe each nut and screw, and determine
-its purpose. Each nut must be at its proper
-tension to hold securely. Study the valves of the
-tires and learn their construction; and be sure you
-know how to apply the pump-coupling properly.
-Learn the names and uses of the different parts of<span class="pagenum" id="Page36">[36]</span>
-the bicycle, and study their construction. This is
-mechanical geography, if I may use such a term.
-Learn to care for your health and how to prepare
-your system to resist fatigue. Then you will find
-that you have mastered the subject, and are prepared
-to avail yourself of the many pleasures of the
-sport.</p>
-
-<p>The oftener discouraged, the oftener the opportunity
-to hope again. The art of bicycling is a purely
-mechanical attainment; and though its complications
-may at first seem hopeless, sufficient practice will
-result in final mastery.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page37">[37]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER VI.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Helping and Teaching; What to Learn.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Accuracy is the first principle of cycling; and the
-would-be bicyclist should learn as early as possible
-that ease of movement and precision of movement
-are inseparable; and that bruises and bumps and
-wrenches, though they may have an educational
-value, are not a necessary accompaniment of the
-sport. The skilful instructor need never allow a
-scratch or a bruise. Some people want to learn
-everything at once; but only so much should be
-done at each attempt as can be done accurately, if it
-be only walking the machine about and standing it
-up. This exercise is helpful, for walking a bicycle
-about requires a series of accurate movements, and
-accurate movement is necessary in learning mounting
-and propelling.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle is a marvel of adjustment, and the bicyclist
-is obliged to adopt movements that correspond
-with the movements of the bicycle. The more
-accurate this correspondence of movement, the greater
-the ease of propulsion.</p>
-
-<p>The lines and angles of the levers of feet and legs
-must be studied to so apply them as to secure the
-best results. Avoid undue tension. Learn just how<span class="pagenum" id="Page38">[38]</span>
-much to lean the bicycle in mounting, just where to
-place the foot, where to stand in relation to the handle-bars,
-and where to place the weight on the machine.
-This understood, mounting is accomplished.
-The bicycle may be mastered, and easily mastered,
-by remembering all the things not to do and by
-doing all the things that should be done.</p>
-
-<p>To assist another to do what you do not know how
-to do yourself is not an easy task; yet there are
-people who are willing to undertake it.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle is so nicely balanced that it is easy to
-hold it up if it is taken hold of in the right way.
-Grasp the back of the saddle firmly with one hand,
-take hold of one of the handles with the other, and
-the machine is in your power. A person seated on
-the saddle with a firm hold of the handles of the
-handle-bar, becomes, as it were, a part of the machine,
-and when sitting quite still is governed by
-the same laws of balance that control the bicycle.</p>
-
-<p>Take hold of a bicycle with some one seated in the
-saddle, and move it a few inches forward, then a
-few inches backward, and it becomes at once perceptible
-that but little force is necessary to overcome
-the inertia of the combined weights of wheel and
-rider. The wheel has a tendency to fall to either
-side, but it is easy to balance the weight on the tires.
-Then hold the wheel a little toward you, for it is
-easier and less fatiguing than to hold it from you.
-If the bicycle is allowed to incline from you, it will
-pull you over; if it inclines toward you, you can
-support its weight against the shoulder. If the rider
-sits still and inclines with the machine, it is easily<span class="pagenum" id="Page39">[39]</span>
-righted; but if the rider&#8217;s weight is thrown in a direction
-opposite to the inclination of the bicycle, the
-tendency to fall is increased, and the inclined bicycle
-is pushed over.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig7">
-
-<img src="images/illo065.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="539" />
-
-<p class="caption">LEADING A BICYCLE ABOUT.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Before assisting another person with a bicycle, it
-is well to note all the tendencies of the machine.
-This may be done by taking a bicycle and putting
-it in all the different positions mentioned. The motions
-are the same whether or not there is any one
-in the saddle, and it is well to learn to manage the
-machine without exerting too much force. Stand on
-the left-hand side of the bicycle, and hold the saddle
-with the right hand. The steering may be done
-with the left hand, and the bicycle kept upright by
-wiggling the front wheel. It is better to do this than
-to attempt to hold the front wheel still. Walk the
-bicycle about by the handle-bars only, and you will
-find that to keep the wheel straight it is necessary to
-hold the bars stiff, and this is quite a difficult undertaking.
-Allowed to move gently from side to side,
-the wheel is more easily controlled.</p>
-
-<p>When assisting a person for the first time, stand
-beside the machine, see that the pedal farthest from
-you is raised to its greatest height, and move the bicycle
-forward until the pedal is commencing its
-down stroke. Then let the wheeler step in beside
-the bicycle, in front of you and on the same side of
-the machine, and grasp both handles firmly. Stand
-as close as possible to the bicycle, having it inclined
-toward you at such an inclination that the weight of
-the wheeler, stepping to the opposite pedal, will
-right it. Then, while you hold the bicycle still, the<span class="pagenum" id="Page40">[40]</span>
-wheeler should step on the raised pedal, stand upon
-the pedal with the knee stiff, and then settle slowly
-on the saddle; the other foot must find the down
-pedal. Do not let the machine move yet, but have
-the beginner go over these movements again, practising
-them from both sides of the machine until a
-little confidence is felt.</p>
-
-<p>It is all important to get on the saddle quickly
-and easily and without necessity for readjustment.
-If a skirt is worn, it should be arranged before placing
-the weight on the pedal, and the knee should be
-slightly bent when the pedal is lowest. The saddle
-should be the right height; the handle-bars should
-be a trifle high, that is, when the rider sits erect;
-the hands should rest easily and comfortably on the
-hand-grips. Now the thing for the rider to do is to
-ride and hold on to the handles. Don&#8217;t let the
-wheel get away from you. To prevent an accident,
-should this happen, the beginner should know how
-to come off the bicycle. An active person can step
-to the ground before the wheel has time to fall. To
-get off, step on the pedal that is down, and throw
-the other foot over.</p>
-
-<p>If the saddle is not right, dismount the wheeler in
-this way: Have the wheeler&#8217;s feet firmly placed on
-both pedals, and see that the down pedal is on the
-side on which you are standing. Pull the machine
-a little to that side, and see that the foot is on the
-down pedal. Then direct the wheeler to step on
-this down pedal, throwing all the weight on it, and
-to pass the raised foot over in front of the down foot
-to the ground. The foot on the down pedal should<span class="pagenum" id="Page41">[41]</span>
-not be removed until the other foot, placed on the
-ground, has taken the rider&#8217;s weight.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig8">
-
-<img src="images/illo069.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="586" />
-
-<p class="caption">PREPARING TO DISMOUNT.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Say that you are now going to move, and let the
-wheeler mount as before. Show that a wiggling
-movement must be kept up with the front wheel,
-and say that you will help to do it. See that the
-wheeler has both handles held firmly, and then grasp
-the bars just in front of the handle. Keep firm hold
-of the saddle, and control the balance and push by
-that, letting the bars do their own work.</p>
-
-<p>A learner always pushes too hard on the pedals.</p>
-
-<p>Take the machine about, and trot it up and down,
-holding it firmly and keeping it balanced. Should
-it pull you over, the wheeler can step off without
-difficulty.</p>
-
-<p>It is much easier for two than for one to help a beginner.
-A trio of novices can form a very fair
-school. A bicycle is inclined either to pull or to
-push, and if supported on both sides, the pulling
-tendency is avoided and the pushing tendency readily
-corrected. If ladies are helping one another, the
-best way is for two to hold the bicycle, standing one
-on each side of the machine. Both should hold the
-saddle and both should hold the handle-bars just beyond
-the handles and above the hands of the wheeler.
-One should instruct, and the other help to hold
-the machine.</p>
-
-<p>Let a beginner first learn to mount, then to dismount,
-practising these movements several times
-before starting; then, having made sure that the
-pedal on that side is two-thirds up, come to the left
-hand side of the wheel, step on the pedal, and be<span class="pagenum" id="Page42">[42]</span>
-seated in the saddle; then put the weight on the
-pedal that is down, and step off with the other foot.
-Repeat several times, mounting from each side, dismounting
-on the same side and on the opposite side,
-at command, and repeating. Tilt the wheel as the
-weight goes on the pedal. Dismount the pupil, and
-walk the wheel about between you, wiggling the
-front wheel. Then mount your pupil, and proceed
-as already explained. After the pupil begins to
-propel the wheel, very little assistance from the instructor
-is necessary, and care should be taken not
-to confuse the pupil as to the amount of work they
-are doing. Call attention to the ease with which
-the wheel is brought up when inclined to fall, and
-explain about turning and steering and wiggling,
-and what these motions are for. You cannot propel
-a bicycle unless you know what you are doing; there
-cannot be guess-work about it. The perfect confidence
-that comes with familiarity and practice must
-precede success.</p>
-
-<p>Given three people with one bicycle, all can learn
-to ride, helping each other in turn. Having learned
-to mount and dismount, the next thing is to learn to
-start the bicycle. The weight should be allowed to
-start the bicycle as soon as the foot, pressing on the
-pedal as it descends, brings the wheeler to the saddle.</p>
-
-<p>The stop should be learned next. The wheeler
-should be reminded to notice which is the down
-pedal, and to step on it with all the weight just as it
-begins to rise. This will stop the machine, and the
-dismount is made in the usual way by throwing the
-other foot over, and stepping with that on the ground.<span class="pagenum" id="Page43">[43]</span>
-The foot that has stopped the machine should not
-leave the pedal too soon, but remain on it long
-enough to control the bicycle.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig9">
-
-<img src="images/illo073.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="567" />
-
-<p class="caption">DISMOUNTING.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>As soon as the wheeler can pedal a little and has
-the balance well enough to ride without assistance,
-the next thing is to learn to ride over ordinary obstructions,
-and to remain on the wheel for a given
-number of minutes without dismounting. All this
-can be taught in an ordinary room or on a piazza;
-and both teacher and pupil will find a smooth surface,
-such as a board floor or a pavement, best
-adapted for the work. Attention cannot too soon be
-directed to taking the weight off the ascending pedal,
-and the exercise should not be prolonged for a
-moment after this becomes a difficult thing to do.</p>
-
-<p>At first the practice leaves the beginner much agitated
-and breathless; but these conditions are overcome
-after a few lessons, though experienced riders
-sometimes experience a return of them when they
-find mounting difficult and do not notice the grade
-they are attempting. The sensitiveness of the wheel
-sometimes puzzles the beginner, and the sense of adjustment
-is often difficult to acquire.</p>
-
-<p>Nervous work and nervous effort are noticeable
-in no other sport in the same marked degree. Some
-seize and adopt its salient points at once and almost
-unconsciously, but the majority are not so fortunate.
-The first fifteen minutes on a bicycle are frequently
-enough to cause thorough exhaustion. The best
-remedy for this is to take the wheel and walk it about;
-the pupil should be left alone with it. If fifteen
-minutes&#8217; work is too much, alternate five minutes&#8217;
-work with rest at the next lesson.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page44">[44]</span></p>
-
-<p>The balance and distribution of strength for the
-pull by the hands is quite important in directing and
-controlling the machine. The feet are used to
-propel and to balance. The teacher should note
-carefully if the beginner errs by incorrect pedaling
-or by too much pull on the handles, and correct the
-wrong tendency.</p>
-
-<p>Balance by pedaling comes next in order, and cannot
-be practised too early; and as by this time a fair
-amount of speed will have been attained, the natural
-balance begins to be acquired.</p>
-
-<p>Balanced pedaling and swaying are very different,
-and should not be confused. The bicycle may be propelled,
-balanced, and controlled entirely by the
-pedals; and as this is the best and most important
-mode of wheeling, it should early be understood and
-attempted.</p>
-
-<p>The adjustment of the machine should now be
-taken up, and the wheeler should know how and
-why the bicycle can be changed to suit individual
-peculiarities. The wiggling tendency of the front
-wheel lessens as the wheeler acquires confidence;
-and its unsteadiness can be overcome and controlled
-with the balance and by pedaling, with the swaying
-of the body or the pressure of either foot.</p>
-
-<p>There is much to avoid as well as much to do.
-Incorrect position means difficult work, almost impossible
-propulsion and possible personal injury.
-The knowledge that everything is firmly screwed up
-about the bicycle, and particularly that the saddle is
-secure, cannot be too soon acquired. Never attempt
-to mount or even to try the bicycle unless the saddle<span class="pagenum" id="Page45">[45]</span>
-is properly secured and immovable. If anything
-breaks, it is not necessarily your fault; if anything
-is insecure, blame no one for not attending to something
-you should yourself have attended to. Always
-examine the pedals to see that they turn easily; and
-be sure about that saddle. It is a good deal of
-trouble to screw the nut up tight for a few minutes,
-or even for half a minute, but it should be done.</p>
-
-<p>When adjusting the saddle, never be hurried when
-tools are to be used, for it is necessary to apply them
-carefully to insure accuracy; and a nut really requires
-serious attention, for often a good deal depends
-upon it. If screwed hurriedly, the thread is in
-danger of being injured, and on that thread the holding
-power of the nut depends.</p>
-
-<p>When the beginner can balance and propel the bicycle
-for a little way alone, the really tedious part of
-learning often begins. At this point beginners
-become discouraged, for there seems to be nothing
-new to learn; yet the results attained are
-unsatisfactory. What is needed is practice.</p>
-
-<p>Practise on a smooth piece of road, with some one
-running beside the bicycle to give confidence and
-prevent falls. The proper position in mounting
-should be studied. In mounting a drop-frame machine,
-never step over the frame and place the foot
-on the ground; it is an awkward and ungainly
-method. Take a proper position, then be sure everything
-is right, and last of all, step on the pedal, and
-you are moving.</p>
-
-<p>A good way to practise, if you have no one to help
-you, is to mount the bicycle in the gutter, and limp<span class="pagenum" id="Page46">[46]</span>
-along; or if in the country, a roadside fence may
-give the needed assistance. Grasp a post firmly, and
-holding by it, try to mount; and study the tendencies
-and the balance of the bicycle without letting go
-the post.</p>
-
-<p>Make up your mind how to mount, start the pedal
-properly, and keep trying until you can ride a little.
-If a little, why not more? Keep on practising, avoiding
-faults.</p>
-
-<p>For instruction, the bicycle should be fitted with
-an instructor&#8217;s handle, and the pupil provided with
-a belt having one handle or more. The instruction
-handle and a hold on the handle-bar are sufficient
-safeguard for most pupils, but the belt will often
-give confidence to the timid and aid the instructor.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page47">[47]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER VII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>A Few Things to Remember.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Two important points for the bicyclist to study
-are avoidance of road traffic and consideration of the
-surface ridden over. The law of the road applies to
-all traffic passing over the road; the law of mechanics
-to the surface of the road as it affects the bicycle
-and the cycler. In cities, on much-used thoroughfares,
-careful work, quick eyes, experience and caution
-are demanded to insure safety.</p>
-
-<p>The law of the road, &#8220;Keep to the right, pass on
-the left anything going in the same direction,&#8221; is
-explicit, and if always observed would render collisions
-almost impossible. The avoidance of careless
-and unobservant travellers is quite a study. Passing
-to the right, you can see and be seen; passing on the
-left, a traveller moving in the same direction does
-not become aware of your intention without being
-notified. You give notice to prevent others from
-changing their direction and to enable them thus to
-avoid crowding.</p>
-
-<p>To pass a vehicle on the road, when travelling in
-the same direction, involves increase of speed if the
-vehicle in front maintains its pace; should it go
-slower or stop, and the roadway permits, a change<span class="pagenum" id="Page48">[48]</span>
-of pace is neither necessary nor desirable, unless you
-wish to steady your machine. In nearing any vehicle
-or person coming from the opposite direction,
-keep your share of the road. Be always alert and
-observant; do not fail to give ample room to the approaching
-vehicle; but on the other hand, do not
-permit yourself to be crowded or inconvenienced,
-and keep enough of the roadway on your right in
-reserve in case a change of direction becomes necessary.</p>
-
-<p>The importance of having your machine at all
-times perfectly under control cannot be over-estimated.
-Put faith in your pedaling, and never ride
-at greater speed than you can determine and check
-at will. Dependence on any brake, however perfect
-its action, is bad practice.</p>
-
-<p>Vehicles approaching pass each other on the right.
-In case of collision, the vehicle which has maintained
-the proper side of the roadway has the advantage
-in case of legal controversy. In passing a vehicle
-drawn by horses, the bicycle should keep to the
-centre of the roadway when possible, leaving the
-curb for the horse-drawn vehicle. The bicycle can
-only draw away from the curb, and is limited to one
-direction. The centre of the roadway, therefore,
-affords the best opportunity for a change of direction.</p>
-
-<p>Sit well on your saddle, observe the adjustment of
-the centre of gravity, but ride on the pedals, using
-the weight as much as possible. Trust to the pedals
-only for rough riding and for unexpected inequalities
-of surface. The study of the mechanics of balance,
-resistance, and friction is most interesting in<span class="pagenum" id="Page49">[49]</span>
-this connection, as their action affects cycler or wheel
-or the combined mechanisms.</p>
-
-<p>The law of the road is simple and very generally
-understood, though there are reckless and ignorant
-people who disregard it. The law defines where you
-shall ride, how you shall pass, and sets a limit to increase
-of speed beyond what is considered compatible
-with the general safety. There is, besides, the
-unwritten law of courtesy, more often observed than
-disregarded; and there is the law you make for yourself.</p>
-
-<p>The traffic of a crowded thoroughfare may be analyzed,
-and the conduct of a wheel explained and simplified,
-though travel on such routes is difficult at
-best and had better be avoided. Given a long,
-straight road, with two streams of travel from opposite
-directions. One of these streams will consist of
-vehicles, quadrupeds, and pedestrians, few maintaining
-an even rate of progress, fewer still the same
-rate. The law requires that you pass on the left,
-and you must await the opportunity to do so. When
-a clear way opens, take immediate advantage of it,
-and increase your speed. Should there not be room
-enough to pass, signal, and the vehicle in advance is
-bound to make way for you. Should there be a free
-road to the right, you may take it, but only with the
-consent of the traveller ahead, and then at your own
-risk.</p>
-
-<p>Never ride more than two abreast. Riding in single
-file, with ample room for turning, is better on a
-crowded street or when making time. For moderate
-wheeling, the cyclists being disciplined and drilled,<span class="pagenum" id="Page50">[50]</span>
-the distance between bicycles may be shortened.
-But control of the wheel should be absolute before
-this is attempted. When travelling at even a moderate
-rate of speed, a certain distance between wheels
-should be observed. When in single file, turn on
-the same line, but not at the same time as the leader.
-Inexperienced wheelers are apt to turn at the
-moment the wheel ahead turns. Should you be following
-close, keep on your own line, unless you see
-good cause to change your direction. If the leader
-wishes to stop, let him turn out: if you are wanted,
-you will know soon enough. Gain all the distance
-you can between dismounts. A little drill
-and the understanding of a few signals will prove
-very useful.</p>
-
-<p>For the public at large, the bicycle may be specialized
-to suit individual needs, and locomotion becomes
-simplified, distances are reduced, and the obliterated
-landscape of railroad travel takes form and
-substance. Cycling means travel over well-constructed
-highways, with telephone and telegraph,
-post-office and express office, usually easily accessible.
-To enjoy the full freedom that wheeling
-should give, little luggage should be carried, yet
-that little must include all necessaries.</p>
-
-<p>When a party of six or even twelve start to wheel
-a given distance, what are the problems to be met?
-All being fairly expert cyclists, in good practice, sociability
-is incidental while making time. On the
-road attention, strict attention, to business and to
-the signals is necessary. Conversation is not prohibited;
-it is entirely dependent upon the nature of
-the surface you are travelling.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page51">[51]</span></p>
-
-<p>How to keep together is a vexed question, and a
-very nice adjustment of animate and inanimate
-mechanism would be necessary to its satisfactory
-settlement. The better way is, all knowing the road,
-to wheel along independently, with an occasional
-halt, not necessarily a dismount, assembling at intervals
-of half or three-quarters of an hour. The
-leader should keep back until the roller of the party
-is hailed, and has reported, then increase speed
-again until the next interval has elapsed. Another
-plan is to wheel with only a given number of minutes
-headway, this arrangement keeping the roller-up
-always within hailing distance.</p>
-
-<p>A good leader deserves implicit confidence. He
-has responsibilities aside from wheeling, for the comfort
-and convenience of others must be intelligently
-studied, and consideration for each individual cyclist
-in the party makes constant demand on the qualities
-of tact and decision; in other words, the leader must
-possess good judgment and be as well a thorough bicyclist.</p>
-
-<p>The present rate of wheeling averages ten miles
-an hour, and greater speed is undesirable, except
-for special purposes. A point to keep in mind is
-that every five minutes&#8217; halt is a mile lost. The
-time lost in slowing and stopping should also be
-carefully taken, as it is of value in reckoning possible
-mileage.</p>
-
-<p>There are grades to hesitate about, and there are
-grades to avoid. If a grade seems possible, try it,
-but dismount the instant it becomes hard work. It
-is better to dismount too soon than to persist too<span class="pagenum" id="Page52">[52]</span>
-long. Without regard to the inclination, there are
-two principal kinds of grades&mdash;the increased grade
-and the decreased grade. In mounting the increased
-grade, more and more power is required at every
-stroke to push the machine upward. In mounting
-the decreased grade, this additional power is not
-necessary, and the ascent is accomplished with little
-fatigue. Increase of grade means application of more
-power in ascending, and an increase of momentum
-in descending. This is on the whole the most dangerous
-kind of bicycle travel; for over-work on the
-ascent, loss of pedals or dangerous coasting on the
-descent, are to be expected, and danger should be
-looked for, and observed in time to be avoided.</p>
-
-<p>It is always well to walk an increasing grade, if
-the hill be long and steep, both in ascending and
-descending. The decreasing grade has many pleasant
-features, and on a well-known road may be ridden
-up or down with ease and with little danger of
-injury. It is interesting to watch the effect of individual
-adjustment to hill-work, a group of bicyclists
-being almost always scattered when mounting a
-grade.</p>
-
-<p>When and where to apply power and when to make
-the push tell best on his own machine, each cyclist
-must determine by practice and experience. Sometimes
-a long and apparently easy down-grade is rendered
-dangerous by its increase of pitch; and seemingly
-easy roads are often difficult to travel on account
-of an increasing but almost imperceptible ascent.
-Unless power is applied to the stroke at the
-right place, much inconvenience from fatigue will<span class="pagenum" id="Page53">[53]</span>
-be felt, and will soon overcome the ambitious bicyclist.</p>
-
-<p>When short expeditions are to be undertaken&mdash;all
-trips of more than an hour&#8217;s duration being so
-classed&mdash;remember that lack of preparation means
-delay, and that ignorance entails discomfort. If the
-start is to be an early one, go over the bicycle carefully,
-see that the lamp is in order, that matches are
-convenient, tools and repair-kit in place, a small envelope
-of sewing materials with needle and thread
-and another of red-cross supplies in the pocket.</p>
-
-<p>I have often been laughed at for taking out my
-lamp for a short afternoon&#8217;s ride with friends who
-could ride well enough for their own satisfaction;
-and as often have I been obliged to help with my
-lantern&#8217;s light belated wheels coming in close behind
-me. A lantern is a convenience at dusk, or even
-earlier, enabling others to see and avoid you; and
-this helps more than the uncertain light annoys.</p>
-
-<p>For luncheon on a short trip, it is quite safe to
-depend on the road; if you carry luncheon, a couple
-of bread-and-butter sandwiches well wrapped in waterproof
-paper, and thin slices of cheese in a separate
-paper, or hard chocolate and water-biscuit, are
-as good as anything; and such a luncheon may prevent
-delay in swampy or foggy or damp country from
-becoming dangerous.</p>
-
-<p>Study the country you are to travel and the road-surface,
-understand your map, know your route, its
-general direction, etc. Always observe the road
-you cover; keep a small note-book, and jot down
-everything of interest. Use the pocket-compass,<span class="pagenum" id="Page54">[54]</span>
-even in your home locality, to fix general direction;
-for when detained at night, such knowledge may
-prove useful. Fog and rain or a moonless night are
-bewildering, rendering familiar roads weird and
-strange; and, unlike the driver or equestrian in the
-dark, a bicyclist must trust to himself alone. Wheeling
-in the dark, however, has some advantages,
-as you are apt to ride in a straight line, and not
-turn out for bad places in the road; on the other
-hand, a certain amount of risk is necessarily taken.
-There should be no close riding, and constant care
-should be exercised for the avoidance of collision.</p>
-
-<p>Cycling offers endless opportunities for the formation
-of clubs, and cycling clubs there are of all
-ages and sizes. A simple form of club for the earlier
-phases of the sport may be organized in this
-way: Buy two bicycles, and form as small a club as
-can manage their purchase. Keep a register, and
-pass the bicycles from member to member, for say
-a week at a time, repairs in case of accident to be
-paid for by the member using the wheel at the time
-of the accident. The club may later be enlarged by
-receiving any desired number of members and purchasing
-additional wheels in proportion. But nothing
-is so satisfactory as a chosen mount of your own,
-adjusted to suit your individual needs and kept for
-your own exclusive use. A bicycle exactly adjusted
-to your liking should be jealously devoted
-to your individual use. A beautiful machine
-should be kept free from finger-marks. Keep
-a chamois and a clean piece of cheese-cloth at<span class="pagenum" id="Page55">[55]</span>
-hand where it is kept, and use them. Nickel holds
-its polish if not attacked by acid or grease. Enamel
-should be treated differently, with cold water,
-sponge and chamois, after light dusting.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page56">[56]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER VIII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>The Art of Wheeling a Bicycle.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>There are three very important methods of controlling
-the bicycle, namely, steering by the hands,
-guiding by foot-pressure on the pedals, and guiding
-by the swaying of the body; and these methods
-may be used separately or in combination.</p>
-
-<p>The wheels are kept in motion either by pedaling,
-or simply by gravity in descending a grade. The
-use of the hands on the handle-bar is two-fold for the
-inexperienced&mdash;for steering and for correcting undue
-pressure on the pedals. The hand opposite the
-pedal that receives too much pressure corrects the
-tendency of the bicycle by an extra pull on the handle-bars.
-This is very good exercise, but it is a useless
-expenditure of force, and cannot be prolonged
-without great fatigue. It is the work of hill-climbing
-done on the level. The feet are on the pedals,
-and the natural tendency is to press equally at all
-times on both pedals and pull at the same time on
-both handles. One pedal must descend, and the
-other pedal must ascend; they are attached to the
-same axle, which is turned by either pedal or both
-pedals. As the pedals are always on opposite sides
-of a circle, one is always coming up, and its upward<span class="pagenum" id="Page57">[57]</span>
-tendency is resisted by any pressure, however slight.
-The lifting of the foot, therefore, from the ascending
-pedal means easy wheeling. This is one of the
-hardest things to realize. If there is little or no
-pressure to resist from the up-coming pedal, it is necessary
-to expend but little force to propel or push
-the down pedal; only enough, indeed, to overcome
-the weight or inertia of the bicycle and the bicyclist
-and of surface friction, provided there is no grade.
-But of grades, there are many; and to this is due
-the infinite variety of the sport of cycling, the muscular
-development and increased respiration of the
-cycler.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig10">
-
-<img src="images/illo089.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="459" />
-
-<p class="caption">CORRECT PEDALING.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The handle-bars should at all times be ready to
-receive a sudden grip or squeeze. Grip the handles
-hard when you want to hold on, and only pull as
-much as is absolutely necessary; for if the arms are
-stiff and rigid from pulling on the bars, they will
-not be sensitive enough to control the bicycle. The
-handles of the bar are the ends of a pair of levers;
-and the nearer the hand to the centre of the bar, the
-less power is needed to oppose the other hand.
-When there is a tendency to pull hard on the handles,
-gradually slip the hands near the middle of the
-bar, and the pull will ease up. The front wheel, to
-run easily, should run steadily; and the less wiggle
-there is, the better for steady travel.</p>
-
-<p>The pedal is the projection on the crank adapted
-to the use of the foot. There are many varieties of
-pedals, of differing sorts, weights, patterns, and purposes.
-The foot placed on the pedal pushes it down;
-the push is communicated to the wheel to propel the<span class="pagenum" id="Page58">[58]</span>
-bicycle forward. As the pedal leaves the dead centre,
-the power begins to take effect, and continues
-until the dead centre below is reached. Now, it is
-necessary to push at just the right time and place;
-if too soon and too hard, the wheels of the bicycle
-will go too fast, and must be retarded by pressing
-down on the up-coming pedal. The natural weight
-pressure of the foot is more than enough to propel
-the bicycle over ordinary surfaces at a fair rate of
-speed, without the application of great muscular
-power.</p>
-
-<p>The foot should be placed squarely on the pedal,
-the ball of the foot only resting on it, and the toe
-pointing downward. The foot may be made to perform
-divers duties, and numberless new combinations
-of pressure can be and are called for and applied.</p>
-
-<p>To apply more power in the stroke, begin to push
-when the pedal is all the way up, the toe pointing
-down until at the lowest part of the stroke, ready to
-follow the pedal around, pushing it backwards, and
-helping to lift it. Here the toe-clip helps, and holds
-the foot on the pedal, in the place where the tendency
-to leave it is greatest. Balanced pedaling is
-a little different, and weight-pressure on the pedal
-is used as a factor to overcome the front wheel.</p>
-
-<p>Use the weight as much as possible to propel, and
-reserve the push for hard grade-work. Keep the
-knees well turned in; it squares the foot and prevents
-the ankle from receiving hard knocks. When
-the knee is turned out, the ankle bones are turned in,
-and so receive many a bruise that could have been<span class="pagenum" id="Page59">[59]</span>
-avoided. To keep the ankles from interfering, turn
-the knees in, and ride square leg.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig11">
-
-<img src="images/illo093.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="480" />
-
-<p class="caption">FOLLOWING PEDAL.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Controlling a bicycle on a down-grade requires
-pressure on the ascending pedal. Point the heel
-down or hold the toe up, and an even pressure will
-be maintained. Let the lift come with the heel well
-squared and the leg as straight as possible, the weight
-to be supplied at the right point on the up stroke to
-control the machine. Always use the weight when
-possible as a supplementary driving power.</p>
-
-<p>The pedals differ in construction and in material,
-being differently adapted for racing and for road
-work. A pedal with a good broad resting surface
-for the foot is very comfortable, though a &#8220;rat-trap&#8221;
-pedal used with a stiff-soled shoe is lighter and preferable.
-Toe-clips are desirable for those who can
-use them easily, but for a novice they are dangerous,
-being liable to cause the mishaps they are intended
-to prevent. Experienced bicyclers prefer any discomfort
-to that of a lost pedal, and when wheeling
-with only a light, even pressure, toe-clips are good
-reminders; but their principal use is to apply more
-power and help the foot to carry the pedal around
-and back.</p>
-
-<p>The swaying of the body controls the bicycle from
-the saddle. In walking the bicycle about, it is soon
-perceived that it may be directed by holding the
-saddle only. The pressure comes from the saddle,
-and the bicycle is swayed by the rider, by leg pressure
-against the saddle. There is little or no shoulder
-movement, and the body, though flexible, does not
-move perceptibly. When starting a machine, hold<span class="pagenum" id="Page60">[60]</span>
-it well balanced by the handle-bars, and know how
-much inclination to allow. Take hold, and mount
-steadily and easily, and move off quietly, noting the
-running of the bicycle. Gradually increase the
-speed, leaning a little forward to lessen any sudden
-strain and to help the push on the pedals. Then increase
-the stroke to the desired speed, and the machine
-will take care of itself. Speed power may be
-increased, and it is good practice to slow, and start
-again at will.</p>
-
-<p>Figure wheeling, with a good leader, is capital
-practice to insure steadiness and increase the power
-of control over the bicycle. It is not easy to stop
-suddenly when going at a good rate of speed, and it
-is well to know your limit of distance in such case;
-nor is it easy to spring alertly from the saddle when
-bringing up in a dangerous position, even when
-frightened into doing it. Back pedal hard, grip with
-the hands and press down, holding the bicycle still
-as you reach the ground. The pedals will not get in
-the way, and it is well to remember not to let go of
-the machine if you do not want to get hurt. To
-jump off and hold the bicycle still may at times prevent
-collisions.</p>
-
-<p>The cyclist, however sure of his skill, should not
-throw his machine at any one, even inadvertently.
-There is much unnecessarily fine riding done&mdash;dashing
-between two passing vehicles, for instance, or
-rushing through a gap instead of wheeling slowly
-behind a wagon until an open space is reached; but
-some prefer the stimulation and excitement of danger
-to safety, and like to perform such hazardous feats.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page61">[61]</span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig12">
-
-<img src="images/illo097.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="478" />
-
-<p class="caption">LIFTING.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Steering is a subject for serious consideration; a
-sharp eye, quick determination, constant care, and a
-steady hand are needed. A knowledge of steering is
-essential for safe coasting; and as one of the
-pleasures of cycling is to descend easily the hill you
-have climbed, a fair degree of steadiness should be
-attained. Brakes are important aids. Learn to
-brake with the foot, but do not resort to this expedient
-unless compelled to.</p>
-
-<p>Now to consider hill-work. The resistance of the
-grade is always perceptible; it is not always recognized.
-As the angle of ascent increases, the powers
-of the bicyclist are taxed.</p>
-
-<p>The spindle of the pedal describes a circle. The
-foot part of the pedal revolves around the spindle,
-and permits the foot to take any angle that is needed
-for the best application of power, the plane always,
-however, remaining parallel with the spindle. This
-arrangement of the pedal allows of ankle-motion
-within certain limits; and to give greater efficiency,
-the foot and ankle may move in adjustment with the
-weight and power to be applied. This is the much-talked-of
-ankle-motion. The pressure may be applied
-to the pedal by this ankle-motion at any part or at
-all parts of the circle that the pedal describes.</p>
-
-<p>As constructed, the pedal permits free ankle and
-instep movement, prevents cramping of the foot, and
-allows the foot the same freedom that it has in walking
-or running. Ease of work depends on proper
-application of power. To be able to apply just the
-right amount of push to carry the crank past the
-dead centre, and to pull it past the lowest dead<span class="pagenum" id="Page62">[62]</span>
-centre, and to follow the pedal accurately, is the aim
-of all good pedal work. The push down is almost
-instinctive; but the lifting of the weight from the
-ascending pedal can be acquired only by practice,
-when the muscles have become sufficiently accustomed
-to the work to move without the effort of
-mental concentration that they seem to require in
-the beginning.</p>
-
-<p>The power of the stroke may be given by applying
-the weight after the dead centre is passed.</p>
-
-<p>The weight should be entirely removed from the
-ascending pedal, and the balance and sway used to
-take the pull off the handle-bars by throwing the
-weight from side to side for that purpose. The
-weight and balance should be directed in this way:
-If the push on the down pedal only is used, it must
-be corrected by a pull on the handle; this pull increases
-as the grade obstructs the wheel. Skilful
-hill-work shows in the lessened pull on the handles.</p>
-
-<p>In travelling on the level, the ascending foot is
-pushed up, and rested by being lifted. There is no
-reason why the pushing muscles should be stronger
-than the lifting muscles of the leg except that they
-are accustomed to do more work.</p>
-
-<p>Always try to ride a hill, but never begin by looking
-at the top to see how far off it is. Pay no more
-attention to the surface than is absolutely required
-by the nature of the surface. Concentrate all
-thought on the pedals and how best to push or take
-the pull off the handle-bars. Lean a little forward if
-necessary, and do not try to increase the stroke. The
-number of strokes is bound to lessen if the power is<span class="pagenum" id="Page63">[63]</span>
-not increased proportionately on the ascent. And
-how can the power be effectively applied unless the
-work is done intelligently by mental application, or
-instinctively by the use of accustomed muscles?</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig13">
-
-<img src="images/illo101.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="458" />
-
-<p class="caption">BACK PEDALING.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Hills should be ridden easily, or not ridden at all.
-It is easier to wheel up an ascent than to walk up,
-if the wheeling is properly done. Always stop before
-the hill proves too much for you. Never think any
-incline too steep to attempt; this is the first move
-on the road to successful hill-climbing.</p>
-
-<p>The seat for hill-work should be made to support
-the body. The bicyclist should not be obliged to
-cling to the handles to keep from slipping off over
-the saddle; there should be something else to push
-against. To get all possible power out of the levers,
-there should be a sufficiency of fulcrum for the lever
-to work against; and the saddle should certainly be
-made to do duty in hill-work.</p>
-
-<p>If there is no support from the rear of the saddle,
-the fulcrum must be located at the handle-bars,
-which should have all possible strain removed from
-them to lessen the pedal work. A saddle placed at
-this angle is of little use as a fulcrum on an incline.
-In all work, levers and fulcrums are kept in position
-by the hands, unless the weight is supported from
-the saddle. If this principle of the application of
-power is considered, the usual difficulty of hill-climbing
-is overcome. Why should it be harder to wheel
-up hill than to walk up and push a bicycle?</p>
-
-<p>In the first place, it is necessary to be able to stay
-on the bicycle without holding yourself on; in the
-next place, to know how to apply the power; and<span class="pagenum" id="Page64">[64]</span>
-then to perform the work, keeping all essential
-points well in mind. Wheel up hill with the mouth
-shut, or get off; wheel slowly; concentrate power to
-apply it most effectively.</p>
-
-<p>Power is needed in overcoming both the crank
-dead centres. The weight should be applied to force
-the crank downward, and the weight lifted to let the
-other crank rise. The body sways to ease the handle
-pull, and the bicycle mounts steadily. The inertia,
-of course, becomes more apparent as the weight is
-resisted by gravity; so do not attempt to force or
-strain, with the idea that hill-climbing is something
-that must be done. It should be done only when it
-can be done easily.</p>
-
-<p>The rule for climbing universally recommended
-reads, &#8220;Pay no attention to the hills. Ride them.&#8221;
-This is good as far as it goes, but it is of little assistance
-in mounting an incline.</p>
-
-<p>There are two kinds of grades independent of the
-angle&mdash;the increase grade and the decrease grade,
-in ascending, and in descending as well; for descending
-is only the reverse of ascending. In approaching
-an ascending grade, always note its character,
-whether long or short, what the pitch is, and particularly
-if the angle of ascent increases or decreases at
-the top of the incline, and prepare for the work before
-you.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig14">
-
-<img src="images/illo105.jpg" alt="" width="592" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">BACK PEDALING&mdash;SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF WEIGHT.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Each hill has its peculiarities, which must be
-studied and conquered. The actual mounting to the
-top is not all you have to do; you should mount in
-proper trim, arriving at the summit fresh and fit.
-It is most saddening to see some one else mount a<span class="pagenum" id="Page65">[65]</span>
-hill easily, leaving you, puffing and pushing, half
-way up, and to know that, when you reach the top,
-speechless and exhausted, that exasperating person
-will be seated there, cool, contemplative, and comfortable.</p>
-
-<p>Intelligent practice, however, should result in
-scientific attainment. The saddle should be adjusted
-in relation to the pedals for the carrying of the
-cranks past the dead centre. The angle of the saddle
-should be studied, and the adjustment permit of its
-use as a fulcrum in hill-work, while admitting of
-balance-work on a level and of comfort and ease in
-coasting. It should support the weight when the
-feet are on the forks, not merely permit of balancing.</p>
-
-<p>In studying this adjustment, weight, length of
-limb, strength, and the work to be done should all be
-taken into consideration. The rule that what is lost
-in speed is gained in power should comfort the hill
-climber when, half-way up a grade, the bicycle
-gradually loses speed, and seems to be stopping, in
-spite of all efforts to the contrary.</p>
-
-<p>In mounting, the machine is started by the placing
-of the weight on the pedal, and in hill-climbing
-the weight should be used to force the pedal down
-and around. The bringing of the pedal into position
-where the weight will take effect is the true secret
-of success. Follow this by making the weight
-carry as far as possible, prolonging its usefulness
-by pushing the pedal back past the lowest dead
-centre, and following and lifting it. But it is useless
-to prolong the work if the commencement of
-the stroke is not executed in an effective manner.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page66">[66]</span></p>
-
-<p>The up-coming pedal must either be pulled up, or
-have all weight removed to permit the power to be
-fully effective on the down pedal. What is the point
-where power applied will begin to tell? If the upper
-dead centre is left to be overcome by the downward
-stroke of the foot on the pedal, the foot on the
-ascending pedal is doing no work, only kept from
-doing harm, held in a cramped position.</p>
-
-<p>After carrying the crank past the lower dead
-centre, the weight is removed and the angle of the
-foot changed from pointing the toe down to holding
-the toe up and dropping the heel. As the foot-rest
-will follow the sole of the foot, it is a simple matter
-to change the pressure from pushing and pulling up
-to pressing and shoving over. Before the crank has
-arrived at the top of the circle, say at sixty degrees,
-the heel should be lowered, and the attention directed
-to pushing the cranks over and past the dead
-centre. As the top of the circle is reached, the foot
-levels, and prepares to point the toe to make an effective
-downward thrust. Rise from the saddle a
-little at this point, to make the weight more effective,
-and prepare to carry the pedal back as far as possible.
-This method leaves very little time for the
-foot to change its angle. From the toe pointing
-downward to the toe held up ready to push, the
-change from pull to push is abrupt, and hill-work
-depends on correct ankle-motion more than anything
-else. The ankle-motion may be corrected by swaying,
-the hands meanwhile being held lightly on the
-handle-bars ready for emergencies, but not used for
-the work of climbing.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page67">[67]</span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig15">
-
-<img src="images/illo109.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="484" />
-
-<p class="caption">HILL-CLIMBING&mdash;PUSHING CRANK OVER.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The breathless condition induced by extra work
-may be remedied; for the upper chest is forced to
-expand, while, if the arms are held rigid, a plentiful
-supply of air for the lungs is not insured. (See
-Chapter on Exercises). Free combustion is needed
-for the extra power exerted.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle and its load are lifted, and a given
-weight requires a given power to lift it. That
-power must be supplied by the stored force of the
-human body, and must be utilized to the best advantage
-if the work is to be prolonged. Hill-work is
-not impossible of achievement; but it requires intelligent
-work unless one applies mechanical laws intuitively.
-Easy hill-work is delightful; it is work,
-hard work, but work done without strain. Nothing,
-on the other hand, can be more injurious than
-forced hill-climbing; the strain on heart and lungs
-is severe, particularly for one wearing a tight belt,
-or any constrictive clothing about the waist.</p>
-
-<p>Because a hill looks rough and the surface difficult,
-it does not at all follow that it will be bad wheeling.
-If the tires are not too full, inequalities of surface
-are an assistance, helping to block the wheels, and
-preventing them from slipping back, while the soft
-tire takes up the stones and bumps, holding on by
-them. Always look well at your hill on approaching
-it; study its inclination, determine its grade, and
-the nature of its surface, and quickly decide how
-best to attack it.</p>
-
-<p>On mounting the top of a grade, never hurry or
-increase speed; wheel along slowly and easily, with
-the mouth shut, until rested and really ready to start<span class="pagenum" id="Page68">[68]</span>
-up. If there is a good coast, don&#8217;t hurry to it, but
-keep working gently until the balance of the respiratory
-organs is fully restored. Then take the coast,
-and all the benefits of hard work, and rest, and the
-exhilarating effects of swift motion and free oxidation
-are fully realized.</p>
-
-<p>To work in balance or equilibrium is the aim of
-hill-work, and there should not be too abrupt a
-transition after severe exertion. Pedal along at a
-pace to restore the breathing after hard work, then
-change; never dismount when breathless, but wheel
-along slowly. The strain is thus much less than by
-forcing the body to accommodate itself to a change
-of position just when a general easing is required, a
-general slackening of all the muscles that have been
-at work.</p>
-
-<p>Rest always before dismounting long enough at
-least to restore breathing; and rather than coast
-after climbing, back-pedal gently and slowly if the
-grade should descend from the top of the ascent.</p>
-
-<p>Never let a hill get the better of you, if it is one
-that you have a chance to attack a second time.
-Set to work and study it. Find out the changes of
-grade, and prepare for a change in the amount of
-power at the proper place in the incline. See if the
-grade is simple, prolonged, or compound. If the
-surface is very smooth, it will be more difficult.
-There is a bit of road that I remember well, a country
-road, seemingly good enough, with a little grade
-perhaps in some places; but, one after another, it
-dismounted us all. A heavy Telford pavement was<span class="pagenum" id="Page69">[69]</span>
-laid, but there was still a mile and a half of that
-road that winded the best of us every time. Though
-it was up grade all the way, experience had taught
-us that at places we must stop, and mount again and
-go on. Our machines were heavy, but this fact did
-not explain what puzzled us; for it ought not to be
-easier to start a heavy wheel up a grade than to continue
-to wheel up steadily. Knowing this bit of road
-so well, we were on the lookout to note its effect on
-others; and there were always wheels lined up at
-some part of the road, and a curious variety of expressions
-on the countenances of their riders&mdash;puzzled
-defeat on those unacquainted with the road, and
-sad determination on those who knew it too well.</p>
-
-<p>After a careful study of this grade, that was long
-but not steep, and seemingly not difficult, we found
-it made up of a series of differently inclined planes
-and curves, the up-curves all against us; and, taken
-from foot to top, there was a continued increase of
-pitch, with certain changes that were all against
-wheeling; and moreover a generally increasing pitch
-for the whole distance, and four places of change of
-grade, each change an increase of pitch and an increased
-angle of ascent. The smooth surface concealed
-these difficulties at first, making the deceptive
-stretch appear easy and inviting. It was like the inside
-of a curved line set with scollops.</p>
-
-<p>To overcome this most difficult kind of incline,
-wheel along at a good pace, note the increase of
-grade, and drop the heel at the beginning of the
-down stroke, or rather while the pedal is half way<span class="pagenum" id="Page70">[70]</span>
-on the up stroke and the foot is prepared to resist
-the change. Take into consideration the fact that
-an increase of power is necessary; look where to
-apply it, adjust the balance of the body to the work,
-and your work will be effective.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page71">[71]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER IX.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Position and Power.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>The racing wheelman has adopted a position that
-has received much censure&mdash;a position accepted as
-the one enabling applied power to produce the greatest
-speed. If this position is analyzed and compared
-with the erect position, several interesting features
-may be noted, and by comparing the two positions,
-important information may be gathered.</p>
-
-<p>The bicyclist seated upon the saddle, not against
-it, has little power for work. The thrust is downward;
-there can be no forward push or backward
-thrust, unless the hands grip the handle-bars and
-pull against the push, if the push needed is greater
-than can be resisted by the weight of the body.</p>
-
-<p>The power of the stroke is all in the downward direction;
-there can be but little power in the forward
-thrust; the most important part of the stroke in hill-climbing
-is that given by getting behind the pedal
-and pushing it down. If the saddle be too far forward,
-power is again lost in the push and thrust, and
-the up-and-down motion must do the work, and
-power is lost on the down thrust, though added in
-the upward and backward push.</p>
-
-<p>We may conclude that a proper position has much<span class="pagenum" id="Page72">[72]</span>
-to do with the work of bicycling; that there is more
-than one correct position, different positions being
-adapted to different work. The racing position on
-the bicycle is the position for speed, and is the position
-of the running athlete. It is not adapted to
-moving at a moderate pace or to being maintained
-for any length of time. It is the position in which
-power may be most readily converted into speed;
-where the leverage may be applied with the greatest
-efficiency, and the greatest amount of work accomplished
-in the least possible time.</p>
-
-<p>The drop position also takes the strain off the
-upper leg muscles, and is desirable on that account,
-apart from the fact that more power may be exerted
-from that position. The leg does not straighten out,
-and is always ready to give a powerful stroke and
-maintain an increased or even speed. It is a position
-of continuous movement; and if the weight and
-all the muscles are not directed to propel, the weight
-is improperly supported on all fours.</p>
-
-<p>The position for speed where the weight is distributed
-between handle-bar, saddle, and pedals is
-not suitable for road work, nor can it be maintained
-for any long period without injurious results. It is
-the position where power is best converted into speed.</p>
-
-<p>For prolonged work a different position is demanded.
-Here speed is not a necessary factor, but
-ease of movement and continuous movement are essential.
-We are not anxious to convert power quickly,
-but rather to reserve our powers, and use them
-slowly.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig16">
-
-<img src="images/illo117.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="586" />
-
-<p class="caption">COASTING.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>For pleasure riding and ordinary exercise, the erect<span class="pagenum" id="Page73">[73]</span>
-position is the best. The drop position is the racing
-or running position; the erect position, the position
-of ease.</p>
-
-<p>Here the saddle question presents itself. The
-saddle should support the weight while seated, or,
-in the racing position, hold the weight; it should not
-hamper movement, and should be comfortable for
-coasting. In moving over the ground, the relative
-position for the balance of the cyclist changes according
-to the grades; and the seat should be adjusted
-so as to be adaptable to the different positions required
-to enable the bicyclist to change the balance
-for the work of the moment.</p>
-
-<p>There is also the position adapted to quick work
-and exercise. Change in adjustment of the application
-of power varies with the amount of work done
-by the bicyclist in covering a certain distance. The
-resistance caused by change of speed and varied
-wind resistance have also to be taken into the calculation.
-People of different lengths of leverage must
-study the different adjustments of the machine to
-produce the best results for the different kinds of
-work required of the machine.</p>
-
-<p>When a hill is to be surmounted, the climb should
-be made without effort, that is, effort understood in
-its technical sense. The position should be such as
-to permit of work being done by the foot, and the
-power should be applied at the right time and place.
-Assistance by a pull on the handle-bars means lessened
-power on the stroke. Effort succeeds effort.
-The work should be done by the foot, the pelvis
-being the fulcrum. The saddle should be the real<span class="pagenum" id="Page74">[74]</span>
-fulcrum. If the hands are used to do the work by
-pulling, the pelvis becomes the only fulcrum, and
-the bicycle saddle is not used at all for the application
-of power. The weight should be made to do as
-much of the work as possible, and the added resistance
-of lever pressure made auxiliary.</p>
-
-<p>To obtain leverage for the hands, it is necessary
-to use a fulcrum. Where is that fulcrum located?
-Each set of muscles pulls on its point of application&mdash;the
-hand on the arm, the arm on the shoulder, the
-shoulder on the thorax, the thorax on the pelvis. If
-more power is needed, it must require effort.</p>
-
-<p>In hill-climbing, effort is a physiological phenomenon
-associated with great expenditure of force. In
-making an effort, exerting force, the air-passages of
-the lungs are closed, the air in them making of
-them an air-cushion, as it were, which acts as a fulcrum
-for certain extra muscular combinations. This
-accounts for the feeling of suffocation experienced in
-severe hill-climbing, which should never be prolonged.
-The hill should be climbed with the hands
-held easily, not gripping the handles; and gripping
-and pulling on the handles, it should be remembered,
-lessen the power for prolonged work. Squeezing
-the handle-bars induces involuntary lung compression,
-and pulling on them adds to the strain. Lean
-forward, if need be, to balance and maintain the
-equilibrium, but do not maintain the centre of gravity
-by pulling on the handles.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig17">
-
-<img src="images/illo121.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="586" />
-
-<p class="caption">WHEELING ONE FOOT OVER.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The fixed position of the arms, when sitting with
-spinal column erect, certainly prevents a full, free
-inflation of the lungs; the shoulders are held fixed,<span class="pagenum" id="Page75">[75]</span>
-and between the saddle and the fixed shoulders there
-is no up and down lung-play. In running, the forearms
-and shoulders permit free chest expansion. In
-the racing position on a bicycle, the arms and
-shoulders take the same relative position as in running,
-and a full, free lung expansion is obtained.</p>
-
-<p>No rigidity is maintained between shoulders and
-saddle in the racing drop-position.</p>
-
-<p>For speeding and work of that kind, the position
-that allows of the greatest flexibility as well as the
-greatest leverage is the position to be chosen.</p>
-
-<p>In travelling and in every-day wheeling, the position
-should be one permitting the minimum expenditure
-of power; the weight should be supported, yet
-the position should be such as to permit the weight
-to be used as a propelling power. The hands should
-be held where they are supported and in the position
-where they can most easily control the wheel under
-any change of conditions. The saddle should be
-placed where the foot can act most effectively at all
-parts or at as many parts as possible of the circle
-that the pedal describes. The height of the saddle
-should be calculated to permit of extension of the
-leg without supporting the weight on the saddle,
-which causes compression of the larger veins and
-arteries. The foot should at all times be fully on
-the pedal; that is, the position should permit of
-throwing all the weight on to the pedals, whatever
-the position of the cranks at the moment. The
-handle-bar should be adjusted; also length of arm
-and relative position; and the weight, height, and
-curve of bar adapted to suit individual build.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page76">[76]</span></p>
-
-<p>Length of crank, gear, height, position, and adjustments
-of saddle may be used as factors in adjustment
-of position for ease of movement and prevention
-of fatigue. Each individual has different
-combinations of lever power, varying with the
-lengths of the different parts of different limbs.
-One may have a long thigh-bone with short lower
-leg; another may have just the reverse combination&mdash;short
-thigh-bone and long lower leg.</p>
-
-<p>The crank is the lever of application of power; the
-gear, the power in resistance. The gear determines,
-in a sense, how much force is needed; the length of
-crank, combined with the levers of foot and leg, the
-proper or most comfortable lever for overcoming
-that resistance. Long-limbed people do well on
-long cranks, short-limbed people on short cranks,&mdash;the
-question of length of limb to be determined, not
-by actual measurement, but as to the proportions in
-weight and length of limbs generally. Either too
-long or too short a crank will produce numbness and
-fatigue. The leg and foot on the crank as it works
-form a crank lever movement. The crank of a bicycle
-should be of such length as to permit of the greatest
-amount of force being conveyed along the lever
-movement with the least resistance.</p>
-
-<p>The sprocket-wheel is the weight to be moved by
-the crank; but the crank is only one of a series of
-levers.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig18">
-
-<img src="images/illo125.jpg" alt="" width="553" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">WHEELING FROM THE PEG&mdash;SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF WEIGHT.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The knee, the ankle, and the pedal-pin must revolve
-in a circle or a part of a circle; and each individual
-must find out the size of circle that is determined
-by the crank that will best move in adjustment<span class="pagenum" id="Page77">[77]</span>
-with his individual lever combination. A
-small circle on the pedal may mean cramped or
-uncomfortable movement for a long-limbed cyclist;
-or a large pedal circle too great distance to traverse
-on the stroke for a short-limbed cyclist. A stout
-person working on a high gear, with a crank adapted
-to his requirements, makes fewer strokes of the
-pedal for distance traversed, but expends more
-power at each stroke; therefore, when wishing to reduce
-weight, he should use a low gear, working
-rapidly, and when wishing to travel easily, a higher
-gear. A thin person should be careful to choose
-such a length of crank and such a gear as will give
-ease, so that undue fatigue may be avoided.</p>
-
-<p>The position of the saddle should be most carefully
-considered. It should be just far enough back to
-permit of getting a forward pressure on the pedal
-against the crank, as it were, at the top of the stroke,
-and yet have something to work against in hill-climbing.
-The tilt or inclination should be studied
-as well as the build of the saddle; its height from
-the pedal should allow the foot, when on the pedal,
-at its most distant point from the saddle, to press
-with the ball firmly on the pedal; and yet the saddle,
-when the leg is extended, should not press so as to
-compress the large blood vessels of the inside of the
-leg as it rests against the saddle.</p>
-
-<p>The handle-bar adjustment permits of individual
-preference to a certain extent. The handles should
-be within easy reach of the hands and below the line
-of the elbow. If above the level, power is lost, and
-the controlling sense of direction as well. The grip<span class="pagenum" id="Page78">[78]</span>
-on the handles is instinctive, and as there is much
-work for the hands to do, they should be able to grip
-easily and quickly, and to move easily in all directions
-that the handles take, retaining their controlling
-power undiminished. A position with the hands
-reaching down a little gives more power than a position
-with the hands reaching up; and in this position
-the leverage of the elbows and the power of the
-shoulder and upper arm may be more effectively
-exerted.</p>
-
-<p>Speed work should be done only on a track or a
-place set apart for that kind of work; and the most
-delicate adjustment and balance of weight and pressure
-should be studied to produce the proper results.
-Scorching, also, to be effective, should be done only
-on a track, and the position for the work should be
-planned most carefully. High speed over rough
-surfaces on even well-made roads may prove disastrous
-if the position for the work is not a correct one.
-Serious injury may result to the bicyclist working
-incorrectly, with wheel out of adjustment.</p>
-
-<p>Scorching and racing, however, are not properly
-part of the subject of bicycling, but are a sport, and
-should be separately considered.</p>
-
-<p>The adjustment of position may be changed for
-rest or for any particular purpose; but for practical
-purposes it is well to adopt a fixed adjustment of
-handle-bar and saddle and length of crank and gear,
-and adhere to that, endeavoring to acquire the best
-form on a machine adapted to suit your individual
-requirements.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle should be used only by the person for<span class="pagenum" id="Page79">[79]</span>
-whom it has been adjusted; for comfort on a bicycle
-depends on such infinitely small adjustments. Never
-lend a bicycle or a tool, and never make any change
-in adjustment by guess. For ordinary use, the saddle
-should be a little back of the pedals and not too
-high, and the handles within easy reach. This will
-allow of the balance and adjustment of weight and
-balance to suit changing conditions of surface and
-grade.</p>
-
-<p>Sprinting is often tempting, and comparatively
-harmless. Scorching is a form of bicycle intoxication,
-and the taste once acquired, the bicyclist craves
-its excitement, caring little for the other pleasures
-of the sport. The scorcher sees little, hears little,
-and is conscious of little but the exhilaration of the
-moment, and seems to be imbued with the idea of
-consuming a certain amount of tissue in a given
-time. Scorching is a form of bicycling hardly to be
-commended, and reckless scorching is to be condemned
-at all times. Sprinting consumes a large
-quantity of material in a limited time, and though it
-is well at times to practise speeding, still the getting
-up of speed involves considerable expenditure of
-power and greatly increased momentum, and should
-be indulged in only by those who understand the
-limit of their powers and know what they hold in
-reserve.</p>
-
-<p>The wheel of to-day was evolved on the race-track
-and for the conditions determined thereon; and the
-amateur bicyclist owes much to the professional
-wheelman. Improvements in construction, in detail,
-and in adaptability have reached a certain limit,<span class="pagenum" id="Page80">[80]</span>
-a limit of possibilities in certain directions. It
-behooves us now to accept the machine and to adapt
-ourselves to its requirements and to avail ourselves
-of all that it offers.</p>
-
-<p>The elasticity of the machine, the resiliency of the
-tire, rigidity of frame, position, vibration, and concussion
-should be next considered.</p>
-
-<p>On a bicycle fitted with a rigid saddle and with
-hard tires, well blown up, the vibration that is conveyed
-through the entire machine is very perceptible,
-even on a smooth wheeling surface. Over uneven
-country, Belgian blocks, or other rough or corrugated
-surfaces, the vibration produces concussion; and if
-too erect and rigid a position is maintained, fatigue,
-if nothing worse, is sure to result.</p>
-
-<p>On a horse the position, while erect, is studied to
-lessen the concussion; the weight is carried well
-under to avoid it. The flexible curve of the spine is
-there, though not perceptible, as the body is held
-erect and in balance. The lower part of the body
-becomes part of the saddle, the upper body flexible
-from above the hips. The concussion comes as each
-of the horse&#8217;s feet is placed on the ground; while
-concussion on the bicycle is produced by the change
-caused by each inequality of surface. The pneumatic
-tire lessens this to a degree, if not blown up too
-hard; for inequalities sink into the yielding surface
-that would make a wheel with a hard tire bump.</p>
-
-<p>The frame should be stiff to hold its direction,
-and the saddle elastic enough to interrupt the vibration
-of the frame. The position on the saddle
-should be studied to prevent tension or compression<span class="pagenum" id="Page81">[81]</span>
-of any of the joints, large or small; and the spine
-should be easily erect, not stiff and rigid, but flexible.</p>
-
-<p>The sense of balance and the adjustment required
-to balance the bicycle tends to keep the body flexible.
-The danger to be avoided is concussion induced by
-a rigid position&mdash;a position where, the bones being
-held closely against each other by tense muscles,
-shock is easily conveyed over the entire body.</p>
-
-<p>Let the weight come well on the saddle, in such a
-position that it can be shifted to the pedals at will;
-and let the whole trunk be flexible, elastically flexible,
-equally in all directions. Then the bicycle may
-be controlled almost unconsciously and from the
-saddle, the hands being used only in an auxiliary
-manner. The front wheel may be steered and controlled
-from the saddle by means of the power over
-the front wheel gained by the bicycle frame construction.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling can be thoroughly enjoyed only when
-the machinery ceases to require constant and concentrated
-attention. The rhythmical movements of a
-bicyclist at ease, master of the conditions, comes only
-with confidence and the persistent practice which
-causes all the muscles to move easily together in uninterrupted
-combinations, and the bicycle no longer
-to require conscious attention.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page82">[82]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER X.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Difficulties to Overcome.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>There is the mounting difficulty and the steering
-difficulty and the pedaling difficulty; and then there
-is the general difficulty of doing all these things
-together.</p>
-
-<p>The first thing to do after learning the theory of
-starting and stopping the machine is to make it go.
-No matter what happens, keep it going, the faster
-the better, until a taste is acquired for the pastime;
-until the going-forward-forever idea seems to have
-taken possession of you.</p>
-
-<p>Then you want to try it again, but mounting
-seems more difficult than ever. The machine will
-not do anything it ought to do; it bucks and kicks
-and stops and spills and slips, and will not stand still,
-or even move on. You know how to mount, or think
-you know; but that knowledge does not seem to aid
-materially in overcoming the tendencies of the
-machine.</p>
-
-<p>Now be sure that you do know what to do. The
-first thing to know is that the weight placed on the
-pedal starts the machine; that the foot on the ground
-will hold the machine, and keep it from starting;
-that the machine when in motion will move without<span class="pagenum" id="Page83">[83]</span>
-falling, and when at rest will not stand still unless
-held up.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig19">
-
-<img src="images/illo133.jpg" alt="" width="360" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">PREPARING TO MOUNT&mdash;SHOWING INCLINATION.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Then determine the amount of inclination the bicycle
-requires to balance against your weight. The
-weight placed on the pedal pulls the machine up to
-a vertical plane; and the inclination to be calculated
-for soon becomes an accepted quantity. In gripping
-the handles and inclining the machine, the balance
-that is felt will set you up on your wheel.</p>
-
-<p>In mounting, the beginner is apt to stand too far
-behind the mounting pedal. The position should be
-beside it, and the mounting foot be placed over the
-frame and on the pedal. Then, raising the weight
-by means of the handles, step off the ground, letting
-the pedal take the weight. Do not give any push
-from the foot on the ground, but step off the ground
-as you step on the pedal. Stepping on the pedal
-sets the machine in motion, and rights it at the same
-time. There is nothing now to do but to let the
-pedal lower you to the saddle, and hold the other foot
-up until the other pedal comes around and carries
-the foot forward.</p>
-
-<p>In mounting, the weight should be distributed
-between the handles and the pedal until seated on
-the saddle. To practise mounting, take the wheel,
-and start on a very slight down grade. Never attempt
-to practise mounting against a grade, no
-matter how slight the inclination. A careful instructor
-teaches mounting and dismounting thoroughly;
-but if a poor method has been acquired,
-practise alone until you have gained confidence
-and perhaps a few bruises. The only way to succeed<span class="pagenum" id="Page84">[84]</span>
-is to try and try again. Practise fifteen minutes at
-a time, for it is fatiguing work; and do not become
-discouraged. With sufficient practice, the difficulty
-vanishes.</p>
-
-<p>Never practise mounting when tired; for you
-should be alert, and all your muscles responsive.
-But persist; practise first mounting, and then dismounting;
-and then rest by walking the machine
-about to learn its balance.</p>
-
-<p>Any one who rides or drives, or rows or sails,
-knows something of the art of steering,&mdash;pulling or
-pushing on one side or the other to change direction,&mdash;and
-on mounting a bicycle has only to apply
-knowledge already acquired. In steering a bicycle,
-look directly over the centre of the handle-bars in
-the direction you wish to take, and push or pull the
-wheel until the centre of the bars coincides with
-your objective point. This is really what is done;
-but the machine is so delicately sensitive that you
-change its direction almost without knowing that
-you are doing so. You go where you look; the
-hands follow the eye; and the art of steering a bicycle
-resolves itself into knowing where you want to
-go, and looking in that direction as you move. In
-steering or mounting, always have an objective
-point. Look up the road well ahead, and keep the
-general direction.</p>
-
-<p>A difficulty early experienced is uncertain steering
-and an uncertain sense of direction. When you
-are out for practice, look well ahead towards the end
-of your road over the handles. Novices run into
-anything they look at, and must concentrate their attention,<span class="pagenum" id="Page85">[85]</span>
-therefore, on the direction the bicycle ought
-to take.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig20">
-
-<img src="images/illo137.jpg" alt="" width="547" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">INCORRECT MOUNTING POSITION.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The weight inclined from side to side steers the
-bicycle; pressure on either pedal steers it as well.</p>
-
-<p>Correct and effective pedaling is a very difficult
-attainment, to be acquired only with care and
-practice. First make the bicycle go, then study how
-you do it, and improve your method. Keep in mind
-the points that are required for correct pedaling.
-The early difficulty experienced is to keep the knees
-and ankles in proper line. Turning the knees in and
-the heels out will prevent the ankle-bones from striking,
-a difficulty that many experience.</p>
-
-<p>The reason that mounting is so difficult for some is
-because the foot is placed incorrectly on the pedal,
-with the toe pointing out. The foot should be
-parallel with the frame of the bicycle, and the knee
-turned in; or else, when the weight is raised, the
-ankle will strike, and the discomfort of the blow will
-render the attempt to mount unsuccessful. The position
-seems awkward until correctly acquired; but
-the awkwardness is due usually to lack of confidence
-to come close to the machine and to taking a position
-too far back of the mounting pedal.</p>
-
-<p>The change of direction on mounting often proves
-confusing, and the bicycle must be steadied, and
-made to keep its direction at the same time.</p>
-
-<p>Choose your direction, and assure yourself of
-plenty of room to work in, away from trees or stones
-or other objects that might prove a source of danger
-in case of collision. Then mount and go. Keep
-these two ideas well in mind. If you are uncomfortable,<span class="pagenum" id="Page86">[86]</span>
-stop and get off; don&#8217;t try to adjust anything
-while in motion. When you get on, go.
-You cannot get on and keep still. Do not get on
-unless you are ready to go; keep going when you
-are on; and the mounting difficulty vanishes.</p>
-
-<p>Steer steadily, and be quick without haste. A
-hurried change of direction can only be made without
-danger of a spill by an expert, and then only in
-an emergency or for track-work. Bicycling requires
-precision, and haste or hurry is out of place, while
-quick and alert movement is required.</p>
-
-<p>Take the bicycle out and do as much as you can
-with it. Part of the fun is conquering difficulties,
-and each difficulty overcome is an achievement.</p>
-
-<p>Another difficulty experienced is striking the
-saddle in mounting. This is usually due to springing
-from the ground to the saddle, or attempting to
-do so, instead of stepping on the mounting pedal,
-and supporting and holding the weight on the
-handle-bars. Of course, if the weight is not supported
-on the machine, and the machine is started,
-it cannot carry the weight forward. The saddle
-will strike, and push you over. Mount by means of
-the handle-bars; let them take you; shift the weight
-up by them on to the pedal. Then lower the weight
-to the saddle, step clear of the ground, and lean a
-little over the bars if necessary to clear the saddle.</p>
-
-<p>In mounting a bicycle, you mount up on the pedal,
-and settle from that down to the saddle. If the pedal
-strikes the other foot, it is because the foot is not
-held up. Do not be in dread of that other foot; hold
-it well up out of the way, using the mounting foot
-to make the machine go.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page87">[87]</span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig21">
-
-<img src="images/illo141.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="563" />
-
-<p class="caption">MOUNTING&mdash;PREPARATORY POSITION.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Too great inclination of the machine will spoil the
-mount, and insufficient inclination will have the
-same effect. The front wheel must be held in line
-with the frame, and any wrong tendency corrected
-by the handle-bars after the weight is raised on the
-pedal, and the machine is upright.</p>
-
-<p>Many good tires are ruined by ineffectual efforts
-to mount. The machine is pulled against the tire,
-and it is hard to understand why the tires are not
-torn off or ripped to pieces. The light wheels are
-not made to stand such usage; and it is a mistake to
-subject a new wheel to it. The rubber is pulled
-sideways (a proper way to pull a tire off), and the
-novice is fortunate if the bicycle is not all pulled out
-of true by being strained in directions not calculated
-to resist wear and strain. A twenty-pound wheel
-may be pulled out of true and so bent and untwisted
-by ineffectual mounting efforts that it cannot be restored
-without labor that amounts to practically rebuilding
-the bicycle.</p>
-
-<p>In turning a bicycle, always lean in the direction
-the machine is inclined. Lean in the direction you
-want to go, and very little correction will be needed
-from the handle-bars. In turning, lean with the
-wheel, and meet it with the handle-bars. Meeting
-the machine is done continually, and is done by
-swinging the front wheel to meet the inclination of
-the bicycle on whichever side it has a tendency to
-fall. Bringing up is done by pulling the wheel
-around a little further quickly, and very quickly
-back again. The frame is lifted by the front wheel.
-This is explained in the principles of bicycle construction.<span class="pagenum" id="Page88">[88]</span>
-When an obstacle, as a car track or rut
-in the road, is met, the obstacle must be crossed
-squarely; or if obliged to make a different angle,
-the angle should be met with the front wheel at the
-instant of contact, and a proper balance maintained
-with the pedals.</p>
-
-<p>To stop and stand still, pedal slowly until the
-machine is almost ready to stop; then &#8220;catch the
-pedals half way,&#8221; that is, stand on them, rising from
-the saddle, having the pedals at equal heights, and
-alternate the pressure. Hold the saddle firmly,
-pressing against both sides to feel the balance and
-to hold the balance by means of the saddle between
-the pedals with the weight on the feet.</p>
-
-<p>As you catch the pedals, give the front wheel a
-sudden twist towards the back pedal, which will prevent
-the bicycle from falling on that side; then control
-the balance by the weight on the other pedal, and
-if necessary restore balance by a quick twist of the
-front wheel. The best way to practise this is to stop
-near a smooth wall, and use that to assist to steady
-the balance.</p>
-
-<p>Two people can stop and stand still in this way,
-crossing hands as in skating, gripping the inner
-handles of the bicycles, and stopping by holding the
-pedals and controlling the front wheels by the
-handles, using the outer hand. This makes a very
-pretty and effective pause.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig22">
-
-<img src="images/illo145.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="545" />
-
-<p class="caption">CORRECT MOUNTING POSITION.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Numbness undoubtedly comes from interrupted
-circulation, caused either by the clothing or the
-method of working. Numbness of the hands and
-fingers may be traced generally to tight clothing,<span class="pagenum" id="Page89">[89]</span>
-and after all surface pressure is removed may safely
-be attributed to a too tight gripping of the handles.
-A large soft glove often aids to prevent numbness of
-the fingers; if gloves are not worn, the hand is apt
-to grasp too closely. Change of position, too, will
-tend to counteract numbness. It is not well to work
-too long at a time without a rest, if there is any tendency
-of this kind. Walk up hill or on the level to
-restore the circulation.</p>
-
-<p>Numbness of the foot can be caused by surface
-pressure, the shoes, or the saddle. Sitting too close
-to the saddle while working, instead of carrying the
-weight on the pedals, is apt to produce numbness of
-the feet. Garters or belts will have the same effect,
-and must be watched and regulated. A shoe adapted
-for walking is not at all suitable for serious bicycle
-exercise; the strains and pressure all come in the
-wrong places, and confine and numb the feet. Free
-ankle movement is imperative, and freedom for the
-lower muscles of the calf of the leg; room for the
-feet, and especially for the toes to spread and to assist
-in pressing the pedal. The sole of the shoe
-should be stiff, to prevent bruises from the pedals or
-from irregularities on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>Concussion and a consequent vibratory movement
-of the bicycle are impossible to avoid, but they need
-not affect the wheeler injuriously. Numbness is
-sometimes due to a condition of the nerves of the
-parts affected by the vibratory movement. To prevent
-this condition of affairs, never wheel with the
-weight on the hands, nor grip the handles of the
-handle-bars too tight. Rest the hands lightly on the<span class="pagenum" id="Page90">[90]</span>
-handles, and be prepared to squeeze hard when
-necessary. Study the best position and most convenient
-height for the hands when the machine is
-best under control, and the jar and vibration are not
-perceived. All joints of wrist, elbow, and shoulder
-should transmit any motion, not locate it, by being
-fixed or rigid at any point.</p>
-
-<p>The tire of the wheel should not be hard, nor
-should the saddle be fitted with springs; and it
-should be so placed as to allow the rider to rise easily
-on the pedals for rough wheeling. These rules being
-observed, serious danger from this cause need not be
-apprehended.</p>
-
-<p>Wheeling over cobble-stone pavement or over good
-Belgian blocks produces a marked vibration in the
-bicycle. It would be a satisfactory test for adjustment
-of position to be able to wheel over such a surface
-with comfort, feeling the vibration of the bicycle
-hardly at all.</p>
-
-<p>The difficulty experienced in wheeling over rough
-surface is caused by lack of confidence and by
-general stiffness of all the muscles, which causes the
-full force of the vibration to be felt. In carrying
-the weight on the pedals, the vibration is less intensely
-felt. To grip the handles for rough surface
-riding is almost involuntary, but it is accompanied
-by acute discomfort from vibration. Pedal work
-only will meet this difficulty.</p>
-
-<p>There are different methods of mounting. The
-pedal mount is usually the one first attempted on a
-drop-frame bicycle; the mount over the wheel on a
-diamond-frame.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig23">
-
-<img src="images/illo149.jpg" alt="" width="565" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">MOUNTING&mdash;SECOND POSITION.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page91">[91]</span></p>
-
-<p>The diamond-frame mount from the peg is made
-in this way: Standing directly behind the machine,
-the handles of the handle-bars are grasped firmly.
-One foot is placed on the peg, and the wheel inclined
-away from that foot; the foot on the ground
-gives a shove, and the bicycle moves off, carrying
-the weight on the peg; and the other foot swings
-forward to catch the pedal, which was a little behind
-the top of the circle on starting.</p>
-
-<p>The drop-frame has several rather pretty pedal
-mounts and vaults. In one, the bars are held, and
-the machine is started. Watch the rhythm of the
-pedal, and as it passes the top of the stroke, incline
-the machine away from you, place the other foot on
-the pedal, swing the foot next the machine over in
-front, and catch the other pedal as it rises; then sit
-easily on the saddle. The vault is made after starting
-the machine, running or hurrying along, and
-springing from the ground to the saddle, using the
-handles to help. The pedals are found after being
-seated on the saddle; and the machine moves with
-the momentum given it in running before rising in
-the vault.</p>
-
-<p>There is a mount from the pedal on the same side
-on which you are standing. Start the bicycle, and
-keep along with it, watching the pedals. As the
-pedal near you comes up and over the top of the
-curve, step on it with the outside foot, inclining the
-machine well away from you; at the same time the
-weight will carry the pedal around with you, and as
-it rises, the other pedal and the saddle can be found.
-The same mount may be made without starting the<span class="pagenum" id="Page92">[92]</span>
-machine. Hold the machine inclined from you;
-place the outside foot against the pedal until it is at
-its furthest point away from you; hold the bicycle
-firmly, and step on, swinging the foot off the
-ground around to the other pedal, in front of the
-saddle, not behind it. On the diamond-frame, the
-same mount is made, only the foot is swung behind
-the saddle, not in front of it, as is possible on the
-drop-frame machine.</p>
-
-<p>To stop the bicycle with another person on it,
-grasp the handle-bars, and take hold of the shoulder
-of the person propelling the bicycle, if necessary.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig24">
-
-<img src="images/illo153.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="540" />
-
-<p class="caption">DISMOUNTING OVER THE WHEEL.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page93">[93]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XI.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Dress.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>The matter of dress for bicycling is quite important
-from the hygienic standpoint.</p>
-
-<p>Clothing should be most carefully selected, with
-the view to an equal distribution of weight and an
-even thickness of material; it should have no constricting,
-no tight bands anywhere, but should permit
-of absolute freedom of movement, and be warm
-enough to prevent chilling through too great radiation
-of heat, yet porous enough to allow of free
-evaporation.</p>
-
-<p>All seasons of the year permit of cycling; the bicyclist
-therefore has opportunity for much variety
-in dress. The essentials are knickerbockers, shirt-waist,
-stockings, shoes, gaiters, sweater, coat, no
-skirt, or skirt with length decided by individual
-preference, hat and gloves.</p>
-
-<p>The knickerbockers should be very carefully cut;
-smooth and tight just over the top of the hips, and
-fitting easily below; not fulled or gathered; full at
-the knees, and boxed or finished with a band and
-button and button-hole; nothing elastic on any account.
-The stockings should be worn folded on the
-boxed part of the knickerbockers, below the knees,
-and rolled down and held by the band of the knickerbockers,
-being fastened below. This arrangement<span class="pagenum" id="Page94">[94]</span>
-does away with garters, which compress surface circulation,
-or pull if attached at the waist, causing
-pressure where they pull, and are most objectionable
-for many reasons. The knickerbockers should be
-made of cloth or woollen material.</p>
-
-<p>The shirt-waist should have wristbands or sleeves
-finished to open a little way, and button; the neck
-finished with a band, with a detachable collar of the
-same material. The body of the waist should be
-shaped to the figure at the sides and back, gathered
-slightly in the front, and finished at the waist-line
-without a band, and may be of the same material as
-the rest of the suit. The knickerbockers should
-button to this waist, the places for the buttons being
-reinforced. The stockings should preferably be of
-wool, and of a seasonable weight.</p>
-
-<p>The combination of knickerbockers, shirt-waist,
-and stockings forms the essential part of a cycling
-costume. A union under-garment may be worn and
-the knickerbocker suit; over this a coat and a skirt
-if desired, with a sweater for an extra wrap.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling is warm work, and the clothing should
-always be rather light in weight. For touring it
-must all be carried on the wheel, and yet be heavy
-enough for comfort when not exercising, and not
-too heavy for work, and should, moreover, allow of
-adjustment for changes in temperature or for any
-required change in distribution. To this end, all
-the clothing should be of one color or of colors that
-look well together. The knickerbockers, waist, and
-skirt should match; then if the coat is removed, the
-costume looks complete. An outfit might consist of<span class="pagenum" id="Page95">[95]</span>
-two suits complete, of different weights; sweaters of
-different weights; wool stockings, heavy and light,
-that will roll below the knee without being either
-bulky or tight.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig25">
-
-<img src="images/illo157.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="468" />
-
-<p class="caption">MOUNTING OVER THE WHEEL FROM PEG.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The knickerbockers are better fastened with a
-button, the button being in just the right place, than
-with a strap and buckle, which is liable to be pulled
-too tight at times.</p>
-
-<p>The shoes should be low, made of thin leather,
-laced well down toward the toe, with light uppers,
-and soles stiff yet flexible, and made with grooves
-to take the pedals and prevent slipping. Blocks or
-cleats on the soles to fit the pedals are sometimes
-preferred, but are hardly so good for general work.</p>
-
-<p>The gaiters may be made of almost any suitable
-material, leather, canvas, or woollen, to match or contrast
-with the rest of the costume. They should
-fit easily around the ankle and over the instep, and
-should never, on any account, extend more than half
-way to the knee. The muscles of the calf of the leg
-must have room to work; and gaiters badly cut, or
-too tight or too long, would impede circulation and
-restrict muscular action.</p>
-
-<p>The sweater should come well up around the neck,
-and pull down easily below the saddle; it is better
-too long than not long enough to cover the large
-muscular masses that have been at work, and may
-be turned up if in the way. It should slip on easily,
-and be soft and woolly, and not so cumbersome that
-the coat cannot slip on over it and be buttoned up to
-the throat.</p>
-
-<p>The coat should be cut long-waisted, and easy<span class="pagenum" id="Page96">[96]</span>
-across the shoulders, single-breasted, and made to
-button close to the throat; the collar to roll and remain
-open, but so cut that it may be easily turned
-up to the ears. The sleeves should be finished with
-two buttons and button-holes, so that they may be
-turned up a little if desired.</p>
-
-<p>There are occasions when a covert coat made of
-close cloth may be useful, when out in very cold
-weather or standing in the wind without shelter;
-but it cannot be generally recommended.</p>
-
-<p>Pockets in any part of the dress should be made
-of woollen material. Cotton retains moisture, and
-a cotton pocket or a pocket lined with cotton may
-become damp and clammy and cold, acting almost
-like a damp compress. The fewer pockets, the
-better; but a number are often found convenient.
-Everything if possible should be carried on the
-wheel, not in the pockets. Metal condenses moisture
-and interrupts evaporation.</p>
-
-<p>As the skirt should always open at the side, and
-fasten with several buttons, a convenient pocket
-may be placed in the placket-hole; a watch-pocket
-in the skirt is a good thing, but the watch is better
-carried on the wheel; and a pocket should be set aside
-for matches, where they may always be found quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Collars and cuffs of linen or of celluloid, of silk or
-of the same material as the suit, may be used for
-touring; but soft neckwear should be worn if possible.</p>
-
-<p>If a neck-muffler is worn, it should be of cashmere,
-not of silk.</p>
-
-<p>Neatness is most important. Each article of
-dress should be carefully adjusted and fastened.<span class="pagenum" id="Page97">[97]</span>
-Never use pins or put things carelessly together,
-hoping they will stay, but be sure that every article
-of dress fits and is securely fastened, and it will
-never need a thought after it is in place.</p>
-
-<p>In warm weather gloves with one button are most
-comfortable; for cooler weather, four buttons, fastened
-about the wrists, keep the hands warm.</p>
-
-<p>The adjustment of the covering of wrists and
-ankles makes the greatest difference in comfort in
-wheeling. In cold weather, hands and feet should
-be kept warm; in hot weather, it is comfortable to
-work with the cuffs turned back and wearing low
-shoes without gaiters. Indeed, in hot weather it is
-important not to encase the ankles in heavy boots or
-leggings, as these would ensure overheating.</p>
-
-<p>The outfit may be completed with a number
-of hats&mdash;a light straw for summer, a soft felt for
-touring, and a small and becoming hat for the park.
-The hat should be chosen to stay on easily, and not
-pinned, but fastened under the hair with elastic, and
-the hair dressed to stand any amount of blowing
-about.</p>
-
-<p>The skirt should not reach more than half way
-below the knee, and the hem and all seams should
-be finished on the outside; then there will be nothing
-to catch or pull. The width around the bottom
-may be a matter of choice, but the skirt need not fall
-behind the pedal when furthest back, and should be
-cut full enough in the front to permit the knees to
-work easily. The top of the skirt should take the
-place of a waistband, following the curves of the
-figure, made to flare at the top of the waist, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page98">[98]</span>
-fitted snugly over the hips and hanging from them.
-It may be worn with or without a belt.</p>
-
-<p>The coat should be long enough to touch the saddle
-or hang an inch or two below it, to protect all
-the vital organs and as much of the working masses
-of muscle as possible.</p>
-
-<p>The sweater may be worn for coolness or warmth.
-As an outside garment, it allows the air to pass
-through its mesh easily; worn under another garment,
-it is very warm, retaining the heat.</p>
-
-<p>The color of a bicycle suit may be chosen for the
-kind of work to be done; its texture may be decided
-suitable if, a piece being held over the mouth, it is
-possible to inhale and exhale through it easily. The
-cloth should be firm enough to stand wear and rough
-usage; smooth enough to shed dust easily; and of a
-quality that will stand being wet without shrinking,
-and will turn the rain if caught in a shower. It
-should be firm, elastic, soft; have what is known as
-substance; be very light in weight and yet not clinging;
-and possessing all these qualities, the ideal
-cloth for bicycling should not be so expensive that
-it cannot be renewed easily.</p>
-
-<p>Simplicity in detail for any garment made to work
-in is always commendable, and a bicycle dress must
-be simple to be suitable.</p>
-
-<p>A corset, if one is worn, should not extend below
-the waist-line, and should have elastic side-lacing.</p>
-
-<p>To choose what to wear when the weather is
-changeable is rather difficult; and the bicyclist starting
-early in the morning for an all-day outing must
-expect changes of temperature during the day.<span class="pagenum" id="Page99">[99]</span>
-Starting, the coat may be folded on the handles, and
-the sweater worn; later, as the sun grows warmer,
-the sweater may be removed; at the noonday halt,
-the coat may be donned while lunching, as it usually
-seems chilly coming under cover; later in the afternoon
-the sweater is again of use; and before the
-evening is advanced, the coat worn over the sweater
-often proves acceptable.</p>
-
-<p>For touring, only an extra change of underwear,
-with a change of neckwear, is needed to carry on the
-wheel.</p>
-
-<p>To look well at all times when bicycling, it is
-necessary to remember the possible conditions that
-may be encountered, and to wear no garment that
-may prove incongruous.</p>
-
-<p>When touring, of course, fresh toilettes may be
-indulged in at the expense of extra luggage. The
-chief pleasure of bicycling is independence and the
-joy of being free; yet a long trip without access to
-the conveniences and even the luxuries of civilization,
-should not be attempted. A trunk may be sent
-home as soon as it has been proved unnecessary, or
-sent ahead and met at intervals; but its non-arrival
-should never be allowed to disconcert the traveller.</p>
-
-<p>It is an accepted fact that bicycling cannot be
-properly enjoyed unless the clothing is suitable. Of
-course, one can take a drop-frame bicycle, mount,
-and wheel slowly for a short distance, barring inconveniences,
-in ordinary dress; so can one swim a
-little if unexpectedly placed in the water. Bicycling
-requires the same freedom of movement that swimming
-does, and the dress must not hamper or hinder.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page100">[100]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Watch and Cyclometer.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Suitably attired, with a bicycle of the latest
-model and most perfect construction, it matters little
-whether the residence be in town or country, for the
-largest city is soon left behind. The country, when
-the highway ceases to be passable, is easily traversable
-on the foot-trodden pathway beside it. Wherever
-the foot has trodden, the wheel may follow, if
-the path be well defined; and as the wheel can be
-carried easily, there is no limit but the limit of endurance
-in crossing country that cannot be wheeled
-over. But in order to cover distance without dismounting
-and within a time limit, where the speed
-attained is an element to be considered, good roads
-should be chosen.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle multiplies our power of advancing by
-five. One who can walk three miles in an hour can
-wheel fifteen miles on a bicycle, given all the conditions
-necessary to attain that speed for the period of
-an hour. The wonderful speed of the running and
-sprinting athlete is again multiplied by five, for a
-short time, in the contests where wheeling records
-are made.</p>
-
-<p>While increasing the distance travelled the bicycle<span class="pagenum" id="Page101">[101]</span>
-has greatly decreased the time limit. A person
-travelling afoot at the rate of three miles an hour
-(the average walking gait) covers a mile in twenty
-minutes, and at the end of an hour is not more than
-three miles from the starting point. On a bicycle a
-mile is covered usually in four minutes or less. The
-average distance, owing to the varied resistance met,
-is not usually so great; and more power may be expended
-in the hour than is required to walk three
-miles in the same length of time. Six miles may be
-the record for an hour on a wheel, and yet the
-amount of work done be very great. Until the position
-is adjusted to suit individual requirements,
-the output of power to accomplish a certain distance,
-even though it be a short one, is necessarily great.
-Considerable study is necessary to work out the perfect
-individual adjustment of the bicycle, weight of
-clothing, and amount of practice requisite to easy,
-rhythmical movement; but that once attained, the
-world lies before you.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling trains and quickens the perceptions; it
-cultivates and develops courage, judgment, and discrimination
-as well as prompt decision and quick
-and accurate sight. The hand follows the eye
-without effort; and the machine responds to each
-impression received without conscious expenditure
-of power.</p>
-
-<p>To cyclists is due the keen public interest recently
-aroused in good roadways and in legislation to
-effect their construction, and the consequent improvement
-in public highways. For years the amateur
-cyclists of the country labored to this end in<span class="pagenum" id="Page102">[102]</span>
-the interest of the sport, the League of American
-Wheelmen intelligently preparing the minds of the
-public on the subject.</p>
-
-<p>To be accomplished as a bicyclist means something
-more than knowing how to wheel a bicycle and to
-be able to get about on it. It is necessary besides
-to keep informed of the laws and ordinances relating
-to bicycles and to vehicles in general; to possess a
-complete and accurate knowledge of the wheel as a
-machine; to be able to do for it all that can be done
-one&#8217;s self or to direct another who has not this
-knowledge; to know the country travelled, know
-distance and direction; the use of map and compass,
-and how to travel without them, finding the direction
-by sun or stars, or even, if need be, without
-either; to understand the effect of time and season
-on the face of nature and to cultivate the senses of
-the woods.</p>
-
-<p>If, while touring with a party, you find that you
-have missed the way in a strange country and that
-something about the bicycle has given out, calm
-decision is requisite. Estimate your resources, and
-keep quiet. Do not try to find your party; let them
-find you. Study your wheel-tracks; if off the line
-of travel, follow them carefully to where they join
-the tracks of your companions. Then wait until
-some one comes for you. Rest or be busy about your
-wheel. Do what you can easily, not to be tired and
-worn out when your companions find you. It is seldom
-wise to try and walk after the party; the only
-object in moving would be to keep warm, for a chill
-must be avoided.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page103">[103]</span></p>
-
-<p>There is a wonderful difference in the distances
-covered under different conditions. Winds, adverse
-or favorable, affect the bicyclist more than anything
-else. An unfavorable wind is one directly ahead or
-that can be felt on either cheek while advancing. A
-favorable wind is one that blows on the back, or
-cannot be felt on either cheek while looking ahead.
-A wind blowing directly at right angles with the
-direction of the wheel is a favorable wind; you unconsciously
-balance against it, and the bicycle glides
-forward under pressure as a boat does with the sail
-trimmed in.</p>
-
-<p>When starting out, note the weather conditions;
-what the prevailing winds are and what the changes
-are likely to be during the time you expect to be on
-your bicycle. If the wind is west or northwest, do
-not take that direction for the run out, unless the
-trip is to be a short one. Always try to have the
-wind with you, both going and returning. Learn
-the peculiarities of the weather and study the government
-weather reports; they are of quite as much
-assistance to the bicyclist as to the mariner who
-knows how to use them; for winds frequently change
-their direction, and the indications for such changes
-should be sought and studied.</p>
-
-<p>If a short trip is planned, as the wind is not likely
-to change during the run, start out against the wind;
-that is, plan to do the hardest work first, and let the
-wind help on the return. Avoid hard work whenever
-possible. Hill-climbing against the wind is the
-hardest kind of work; with the wind to assist, even
-quite steep hills may often be coasted part of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page104">[104]</span>
-way up, and all easy grades taken with the feet off
-the pedals. Coasting should be indulged in with
-discretion, or the bicycle may run away with you.
-Check speed at the first indication that the wheel is
-escaping control by applying the brake and catching
-the pedal, back pedaling at the same time. On a
-public road, the bicycle should never be beyond
-control.</p>
-
-<p>To thoroughly enjoy an outing, road, direction,
-and atmospheric conditions should be studied. If
-you are out for several hours&#8217; spin in chilly weather,
-there is little pleasure to be had in exploring; but
-in weather when the temperature permits of stops
-without danger to health, frequent dismounts and
-short-distance trips across country are enjoyable.
-One of the pleasures of bicyclists is the good fellowship
-existing between them, which is rarely disturbed.
-On the bicycle conversation is interrupted
-by long pauses, by intervals of silence, when each
-rider is alone, with opportunity for reflection and
-mental expansion.</p>
-
-<p>On long trips note first the general direction of the
-road, the wind, and the sun; try to have the wind
-with you and the sun behind you for the better part
-of the day. Be able to change your plans quickly
-to meet changed conditions, and have a reserve of
-grit to fall back on if things do not go quite to your
-liking. Dressed for bicycling, it matters little
-whether it rains or shines; but wind, sand, and stones
-make impossible conditions for the bicyclist. When
-wind has reached a certain velocity, wheeling becomes
-unsafe. Mud causes the wheels to slip and<span class="pagenum" id="Page105">[105]</span>
-prevents them from turning; sand does the same.
-A surface offering little or no resistance is impossible.
-Stones are dangerously liable to cause spills, while
-ruts and bumps twist the bicycle and are apt to throw
-the rider.</p>
-
-<p>In the autumn months, when the sun sets early, a
-lantern should be provided even when it seems an
-absurdly unnecessary encumbrance; for a town or
-village where the ordinances are strict may lie on
-the route, and the unlucky bicyclist without a light
-must go afoot.</p>
-
-<p>Of course, speeding cannot be attempted with
-the bicycle encumbered; but with all the extras,
-a good average speed may be maintained. The
-bicyclist wishing for freedom from all encumbrance
-is apt to forget unpleasant possibilities.
-A punctured tire thirty miles from anything is
-such a possibility; so, though the tool-kit weighs
-something, it can never prudently be dispensed
-with.</p>
-
-<p>Have the bicycle all ready, and start free from care
-and with a quiet mind, after a last careful and reassuring
-inspection of the machine. Starting from a
-town with a perfectly running machine, the attention
-is first directed to getting into the country easily,
-either by train or by wheeling. In wheeling, streets
-free from traffic and with the best possible surfaces
-should be chosen.</p>
-
-<p>Country wheeling is often good when city work is
-impossible. The dangers of city wheeling are traffic,
-car tracks, and mud. City mud is usually of a
-greasy nature, very difficult to wheel over. Even<span class="pagenum" id="Page106">[106]</span>
-pedaling is very necessary, and uneven pressure on
-the pedals means a side spill.</p>
-
-<p>In wheeling over mud, never attempt to control
-the machine by the front wheel; it must be controlled
-by the pedals. If too much pressure is used,
-there is nothing left but to step off. Do not try to
-recover by means of the front wheel; the attempt
-will be useless, and a fall can be avoided only by
-stepping off. Keep the front wheel steady, and rely
-on the weight-carrying wheel to take you clear of
-the mud. Keep a sharp lookout, and travel slowly.
-Any one can make a bicycle go.</p>
-
-<p>Get out of town, and then be ready to pedal up to
-time on the first clear stretch of good road. Make
-time, but never hurry. Never work hard over hill-work
-or try to go fast against the wind. When using
-side-paths, always recollect they may be protected
-by local ordinances. Keep posted on the law of the
-road, taking to the highway on approaching towns
-and villages. If the work is hard, travel slowly, and
-look ahead. Two good rules are&mdash;To travel fast,
-look well ahead; and watch the ground when there is
-a hard bit of road to pass over.</p>
-
-<p>A good stiff pull against the wind can be accomplished
-easily, really easily, if you take your time,
-giving full attention to pedaling, and keeping the
-eyes a short distance ahead of the wheel. It is much
-easier to rest on the bicycle by slowing than to dismount.
-In cold weather, never stop without
-seeking shelter, at least the lee of bank or wall;
-and keep away from a fire, as it renders one
-liable to take cold. Nothing is so dangerous in<span class="pagenum" id="Page107">[107]</span>
-frosty weather as a pause of even a few minutes
-dismounted.</p>
-
-<p>In warm weather, it is permissible to drink water
-when wheeling; but it should be remembered that
-the bicyclist passes through all sorts of country, and
-the water may sometimes be anything but drinkable
-from a sanitary point of view, even causing typhoid
-and other fevers. Water that has been boiled is unpalatable,
-but it is safe; boiled and cooled, it may be
-rendered more palatable by shaking it or pouring it
-from one pitcher to another to mix air with it. Ice
-in water is another source of danger. The water,
-after being boiled or filtered, should be placed in
-bottles with absorbent cotton for stoppers, and cooled
-by being placed on ice. Muddy water may be
-cleansed with a piece of alum. If a lump of alum is
-stirred about for a second or two in a pail or pitcher
-of muddy water, and then the water allowed to settle,
-it will be found fit to boil for drinking. Bottled
-waters are safest when the country is unknown or
-when there is doubt as to the purity of the local
-supply; but failing these, the precautions mentioned
-will ensure safety.</p>
-
-<p>Never prolong bicycle exercise without eating,
-and never work after a hearty meal; but the consumption
-of a couple of sandwiches at noon cannot
-be regarded as a serious meal; and it is often better
-to push on after a short halt, moving slowly, than to
-sit around on rocks or stumps to wait for a proper
-digestive period to elapse. It is well to have a small
-reserve supply of food, such as chocolate or beef
-tablets, to tide one over a prolonged period between<span class="pagenum" id="Page108">[108]</span>
-meals. Milk and bread and cheese are good to take
-as an extra meal. Never work hungry if it can be
-avoided; the bicycle will lag, and the cyclist wonder
-at being weary. Keep up the food supply by all
-means, for fatigue sets in quickly with the desire for
-food, and the system quickly becomes enfeebled.</p>
-
-<p>The cyclometer registers each revolution of the
-wheel, and by an ingenious mechanism the dial gives
-the record in miles. There is a great temptation to
-roll up miles, that the cyclometer may make a good
-showing; indeed, this striving after mileage often
-becomes a ruling passion, interfering with the real
-pleasures of the sport.</p>
-
-<p>The pedestrian, accustomed to noting distances,
-can usually judge the rate or pace travelled, and decide
-very accurately upon the distance traversed,
-with only the time as a guide; for the pace, so many
-miles an hour, multiplied by the number of hours,
-gives the distance.</p>
-
-<p>On the bicycle the pace is very easily estimated in
-a similar manner. Count the strokes per minute as
-each knee rises, divide that by two, and you have the
-number of revolutions of the crank. The gear gives
-the diameter of the wheel larger than the one on the
-bicycle; sixty-four gear, for instance, means that the
-crank revolution covers a distance equal to a wheel
-with a diameter of sixty-four inches. The circumference
-of a wheel is three times its diameter; and
-64 multiplied by 3 equals 192 inches measured on the
-ground for one revolution of the crank. Multiply
-the distance measured on the ground by the crank
-revolution by the number of strokes made per<span class="pagenum" id="Page109">[109]</span>
-minute, divide by twelve to give the number of feet
-the crank has covered in one revolution, and you
-have the distance in feet travelled per minute. To
-find the rate of miles per hour, multiply that result
-by 60 to find the number of feet travelled per hour,
-and divide the result by 5280, the number of feet in
-a mile. The watch should have a second hand for
-bicycle work. The cyclometer taken for five minutes,
-then multiplied by twelve, gives the rate of mileage
-per hour, a very convenient way of ascertaining the
-rate of speed per hour.</p>
-
-<p>It is well to know the rhythm of stroke of a certain
-rate per hour, for it is often of assistance in determining
-distance, and will frequently prevent a hurry
-when train connections are to be made, by assuring
-you that you are easily travelling a pace that will
-take you to your destination on time.</p>
-
-<p>The alertness and quickness of perception that bicycling
-cultivates seem marvellous. A road, previously
-accepted as ordinarily good, becomes full of
-pitfalls that the wary learn to avoid. Slippery or
-uneven surfaces, tacks and broken glass, are to be
-noted and avoided, inequalities allowed for, and
-preparation made to overcome the tendency of the
-machine on unexpected hard bits of road.</p>
-
-<p>One of the dangers of sidepath wheeling often encountered
-is a slippery spot or a place where the surface
-may give way, such as the edge of a bank along
-which the path runs, with a fence on the other side.
-Here, if the bicycle slips, the bicyclist is pretty sure
-to be thrown against the fence. In sidepath wheeling
-a sharp lookout must be kept for these slippery<span class="pagenum" id="Page110">[110]</span>
-spots and weak edges, and also for stones or stumps
-that run through the uneven surface.</p>
-
-<p>A first coast on a hill whose pitch has been miscalculated,
-and which proves steeper than was anticipated,
-is a terrible surprise. To find one&#8217;s self clinging
-desperately to a runaway machine, with no hope
-save in the ascending grade that seems so far away,
-is anything but a pleasant experience. In such case
-sit still, hold fast, keep straight, and if nothing is in
-the way to collide with, there is hope, barring unexpected
-surface obstacles. The coaster&#8217;s safety in
-steering lies in swaying; the pedals are out of the
-question, and the front wheel is better undisturbed.
-A slight inclination to either side will alter the course
-of the bicycle without interfering with balance or
-momentum, and the hands can be ready, gripping
-hard, to keep the wheel steady.</p>
-
-<p>In coasting, sit well in the saddle, letting that take
-the whole weight, and do not push too hard with the
-feet on the coasters. The feet should not be braced
-against the coasters, but should rest easily against
-them with an even pressure.</p>
-
-<p>To learn to coast, practise at first either on a
-slight or a small grade; another way is to get up
-speed on the level, and take one foot off at the time.
-The most marvellous experience of bicycling is to
-have a wind carry you coasting up hill&mdash;a wind, too,
-that is seemingly adverse, or at least not directly
-favorable.</p>
-
-<p>Trust to the map, the watch, and the cyclometer
-to locate your whereabouts, and do not place too
-much faith in answers to inquiries, unless you are<span class="pagenum" id="Page111">[111]</span>
-speaking to a bicyclist; for people unaccustomed to
-accurate judgment differ greatly in their estimation
-of a given distance or a general direction. You need
-only stop three or four times in a mile or two, and
-inquire the way to a town say five or six miles distant,
-to be convinced of this fact.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page112">[112]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XIII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Women and Tools.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Most women can sew on a button or run up a seam;
-sewing, in fact, is regarded rather as a feminine instinct
-than an art. There are many capable people
-in the world, both men and women, who can comprehend
-at a glance the use or the application of an
-article or an idea&mdash;people who instinctively use
-their eyes and hands with ease and accuracy; there
-are others who learn more slowly to use their mechanical
-senses; and there are also those whose attention
-has never been called to certain simple mechanical
-facts and details that they are quite capable
-of understanding. To all the mastery of these facts
-means an expenditure of more or less time, and in
-this busy world of ours, there is nothing so much appreciated
-or so carelessly wasted. It is my intention
-to place before my readers a few simple mechanical
-explanations.</p>
-
-<p>I hold that any woman who is able to use a needle
-or scissors can use other tools equally well. It is a very
-important matter for a bicyclist to be acquainted with
-all parts of the bicycle, their uses and adjustment.
-Many a weary hour would be spared were a little proper
-attention given at the right time to your machine.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig26">
-
-<img src="images/illo177.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="489" />
-
-<p class="caption">STARTING A NUT.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page113">[113]</span></p>
-
-<p>Ask any carriage maker or coachman, and he will
-tell you that everything on wheels needs attention.
-Any owner or lover of horses will say that horses require
-constant care. The bicyclist is the motor, the
-horse; the bicycle, the vehicle. These ideas should
-remain distinct. When you mount a wheel, you do
-not mount an iron horse; you are a human propelling
-power, and the bicycle is a carriage.</p>
-
-<p>It is all important to work without unnecessary
-effort, and for this you must have a knowledge of
-bicycle construction, how to make the machine run
-smoothly, and how not to injure the human motor or
-the mechanism. The human body is so beautifully
-self-adjustable that it may be safely attributed to ignorance
-or neglect if anything goes wrong with it.
-Attention should always be paid at the right time to
-nature&#8217;s warnings; they are danger-signals, and if
-disregarded, unpleasant results are sure to follow. A
-little common-sense goes far; and with that and a
-right knowledge&mdash;not necessarily an extensive knowledge&mdash;of
-the working of the human machine, there
-need be little to fear from injuries resulting from
-athletic exercise.</p>
-
-<p>The amount of work different individuals can perform,
-of course, varies. Find out how much work
-you ought to do, and do it. A physician is the only
-competent judge of your limitations. Never attempt
-any new form of exercise without being examined
-for it. Sensible people when they purchase
-a horse require a veterinary certificate to accompany
-the guarantee; and the work the horse is to do is
-planned according to the ascertained amount the<span class="pagenum" id="Page114">[114]</span>
-animal is capable of performing. If it is right for
-you to wheel but five miles every other day, and at
-a certain hour only, it does not follow that that is
-always to be your limit. Practice accomplishes great
-results; and the strength and endurance that come of
-exercise taken regularly, under proper conditions,
-seems marvellous to those who, after a course of
-proper preparation, attempt and accomplish with
-pleasure and ease what at first seemed impossible.
-It is hard, of course, to see some one else do what
-you would like to do and cannot; but it is weak not
-to be able to say, &#8220;I have done enough, and I must
-stop.&#8221; There are many other people similarly placed.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle may be so adapted and adjusted as to
-enable bicyclists of different powers to work together
-and enjoy a fair amount of sociability; for if one has
-wheeled around the world, why should that spoil
-one&#8217;s pleasure in wheeling around a block? To
-wheel alone is not much pleasure. Find some one
-to wheel around the block with you, and you have
-the beginning of a club.</p>
-
-<p>Many people do not understand what is best for
-them. The experienced athlete knows the amount
-of work he can do, and what must be done and
-avoided to enable him to do his work well. Women
-and girls are able to do good work, but they should
-not expect to accomplish such a result through ignorance
-or neglect. They must be willing to study
-and to give proper attention to important details,
-and their knowledge of the subject must be sufficient
-to enable them to use judgment and discrimination.
-Almost any form of athletics will aid in cultivating<span class="pagenum" id="Page115">[115]</span>
-these qualities; and bicycling has besides valuable
-educational features of its own. A certain familiarity
-with mechanics is assured by a course of bicycling,
-for it is impossible to handle a bicycle without
-taking some degree of interest in its construction.</p>
-
-<p>Women must expect ridicule and little sympathy
-from experienced cyclists if they essay feats they
-should not attempt. Many decide that a thing must
-be easy of accomplishment because they have seen
-some one do it easily. Easy muscular work, however,
-is the result of strength, confidence, and precision
-of movement, which come only from practice.
-All new muscular movements and combinations of
-movements must be learned; they cannot be acquired
-hurriedly with good results. People who can work
-well are usually patient with a beginner who is doing
-his best, knowing themselves what it means to work
-hard and to face disappointment and failure and what
-is involved in repeated effort. The ambitious are liable
-to over-exertion, the timid not to practice enough.</p>
-
-<p>There is much prejudice against athletic exercise
-for women and girls, many believing that nothing
-of the kind can be done without over-doing; but
-there is a right way of going about athletics as everything
-else. Prejudice can be removed only by showing
-good results, and good results can be accomplished
-only by work done under proper restrictions.
-To do a thing easily is to do it gracefully; and grace,
-without properly balanced muscular action, is impossible;
-grace is the embodiment of balance,
-strength, and intelligence. Jerky movement indicates
-lack of muscular development and training.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page116">[116]</span></p>
-
-<p>The human machine is capable of a seemingly unlimited
-series of muscular movements and combined
-muscular motions. Any training or practice of mind
-or muscles assists to fit them for new combinations.
-But little time is necessary to learn to know how to
-do and what to do, though the subjects to be considered,
-mechanics and physiology, are exhaustive and
-extensive in their range.</p>
-
-<p>It is always a pleasure to do a thing well, whether
-it is handling a needle or using a screw-driver; and
-the art of using either successfully is not difficult to
-acquire. With the bicycle it is necessary to know
-what to do; the human motor, unless pushed beyond
-reasonable limits, is self-adjusting. Over-taxing is
-the result often of too great ambition, of failure to
-keep in view the proper aim of exercise, and sacrificing
-health and ultimate success for passing vanity.
-The bicycle is but the means to the end, first of all, of
-health&mdash;health of mind and body. The human mechanism
-is far more difficult to adjust when out of
-order than the mechanism of the bicycle. In bicycling,
-the two machines are one and interdependent.
-The foot on the pedal pushing the crank is but one
-point of application of power conveyed by a series
-of levers, actuated by muscles, controlled by nerves,
-supplied and directed by accumulated power.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig27">
-
-<img src="images/illo183.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="437" />
-
-<p class="caption">ADJUSTING A WRENCH.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>We hear of horse-power as a unit; we have also
-human power&mdash;the amount of power the average individual
-can exercise. Food supplies material to be
-converted into power, stored and transmuted in the
-human system either for use or waste, as the case may
-be. Energy or power, unless applied within a specified<span class="pagenum" id="Page117">[117]</span>
-time, is given off as heat, etc. Less food is
-needed, loss of appetite follows, if too little work is
-done. The muscular tissues become almost useless,
-it is an effort to do any kind of work; the power is
-not there. By gradual and persistent practice,
-strength is acquired, and power stored in reserve.
-Exercise tends to strengthen, not to weaken; over-exercise
-uses up stored power and newly acquired
-power as well; longer periods of rest are needed to
-renew the wasted tissues than is necessary when exercise
-is not carried to excess. It must be kept in
-mind when bicycling that rider and wheel are a complete,
-compound, combined mechanism, and mechanically
-inseparable. The wheeler&#8217;s weight, when
-shifted or inclined, affects his equilibrium, and
-wheeler and bicycle are as much one as a skater and
-his skates.</p>
-
-<p>Levers and their application; power, stored, distributed,
-or wasted; how to prevent waste and acquire
-reserve; proper adjustment to mechanical environment,
-translated to mean the use of a few
-common tools, and their application to the adjustment
-of the bicycle; and the care, adjustment, and
-proper preparation of the machine for work, are
-points of such importance that too much stress cannot
-be laid on them. A little thought, a little attention
-at the right time, prepares for emergencies, for
-cheerful work, and for the enjoyment of the exercise,
-and the health and accumulated benefits sure to
-follow.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page118">[118]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XIV.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Tools and How to Use Them.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>&#8220;A nut is a piece of metal adapted to screw on the
-end of a bolt.&#8221; &#8220;A bolt is a stout metallic pin
-adapted for holding objects together.&#8221; The nut is
-to the bolt what the knot is to the thread, to keep it
-from slipping through. Iron and steel are fibrous
-materials, and very hard; though strong, they are
-also brittle. Indeed, these metals, and metals generally,
-resemble molasses candy in their nature more
-than any other familiar substance that will serve for
-illustration. When heated, they become soft and
-liquid; when cold, they are tough, hard, and even
-brittle. A few powerful, sharp blows with a heavy
-object are enough to fracture a piece of metal. Direct,
-heavy blows or tapping on the end of a bolt
-will flatten and alter its shape sufficiently to cause
-the edges to project, a very little seemingly, but
-enough to render it useless.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig28">
-
-<img src="images/illo187.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="420" />
-
-<p class="caption">APPLYING POWER.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>If you wish to remove a bolt that seems to fit too
-tight and resists ordinary methods, place the nut on
-the bolt, and screw it on level, so that the end of the
-bolt will be flush or even with the top of the nut.
-Then lay your piece of wood, quite smooth and flat,
-on the nut and bolt, covering both, and hammer<span class="pagenum" id="Page119">[119]</span>
-gently on that with a heavy hammer, with gentle,
-short, sharp, even strokes. The most obstinate bolt
-will usually yield to this method of persuasion.
-Should a burr have formed on the end of a bolt, a
-file is necessary to remove it; and filing off a burr is
-a somewhat lengthy and tedious operation.</p>
-
-<p>Unscrew a nut gently and examine it. On the inside
-will be found a spiral groove and a spiral ridge
-or thread. Examine the bolt, and observe a similar
-spiral groove and thread. These, when screwed together,
-prevent slipping, and the nut cannot be
-pulled or pushed off. To remove the nut, it is necessary
-to turn it; and always turn one way, from
-left to right, if the nut lies uppermost.</p>
-
-<p>To keep a nut from unscrewing by jarring, etc.,
-screw it down until it jams, as it is called, firmly
-against the surface it rests on. If screwed too tight,
-it will burst or break the thread, or if enough force
-is applied the bolt may break. This hardly seems
-possible until we realize that in the wrench we possess
-a very powerful lever, capable of destroying
-quite a large bolt and its accompanying nut. If
-pains be taken always to start a nut on square and to
-turn gently and firmly and not too fast, the previous
-instructions may prove unnecessary.</p>
-
-<p>There are usually two kinds of wrench in a bicycle
-outfit&mdash;an adjustable wrench with sliding jaw, and
-one or more key-wrenches, so called because made
-to fit particular parts of the machine, and to be used
-for them only. The adjustable wrench with sliding
-jaw should be used with the pressure or pull coming
-on the angle of the head, and the sliding jaw so<span class="pagenum" id="Page120">[120]</span>
-placed as to hold its position, the wrench applied so
-that the greatest strain is taken at the strongest part;
-then the faces of the jaw keep smooth and true, and
-will not deface the plating or polish of the machine.</p>
-
-<p>There is another point to note&mdash;that a properly
-adjusted wrench starts a nut easily, while if the
-strain is taken on the movable jaw of the wrench,
-there is give enough in the wrench itself to prevent
-the nut from starting, and the wrench slips off the nut
-without effecting its object. The handle of the
-wrench acts as a lever, and the head of the wrench
-forms a right angle with the handle; it is here that
-the power is centred, not at the angle made by the
-movable jaw. Of course, this position seems the
-reverse of proper until it is analyzed; but once
-understood and adopted, it will prove most effective.</p>
-
-<p>There are various screws in and about the machine.
-A screw is defined as a bolt or bar having a thread
-cut upon it spirally, so that it will enter a hole in
-which a corresponding spiral groove and thread have
-been cut, or on which they will be formed by the
-screw entering the hole. The thread and screw interwind
-and prevent the screw from being withdrawn
-unless it is turned. To turn the screw, a notch is
-cut on one end, which is made flat for that purpose,
-and the other end of the screw is pointed, to enable
-it to enter the hole easily. After a screw is placed
-and started in its proper hole, it is only necessary to
-turn it until it is driven home. To turn the screw,
-a short bar is flattened thin to enter the notch on the
-end of the screw.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig29">
-
-<img src="images/illo191.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="464" />
-
-<p class="caption">SCREWING UP.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page121">[121]</span></p>
-
-<p>The screw-driver should be held and turned with
-one hand, and steadied and guided with the other.
-Metal is not so hard but that the leverage of the screw-driver
-is enough to bend the notches on the end of a
-screw, and thus render it useless. The question
-may be raised, Why are not screws made harder?
-If metal is tempered too hard, it becomes brittle, and
-flies. A well-tempered screw should be neither too
-hard nor too soft, but adapted for its particular use
-or position.</p>
-
-<p>A screw should always be made clean before it is
-screwed home, any particle of dust or rust being
-liable to injure the thread and spoil the screw. If
-the screw is oily or greasy, it will work loose. All
-screws, bolts, etc., therefore, should be carefully
-wiped, and never placed where there is any chance
-for even a little dust to settle upon them. A nut
-with a small grain of sand inside will burst or break
-the thread of the bolt.</p>
-
-<p>Bolts and screws are used to hold different parts
-together or in place and to give strength and firmness.</p>
-
-<p>There is usually an oil-can belonging to every machine,
-and a bicycle should be provided with a good
-one, small, light, and easily carried; and special care
-should be taken that it does not leak. A greasy oil-can
-is unpleasant to handle and almost useless, as it
-cannot be handled properly. The least possible
-amount of oil that can be used is the proper quantity.
-Greasy bearings only collect dust, and the dust
-follows the oil back into the friction surfaces, where
-its presence is always undesirable.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page122">[122]</span></p>
-
-<p>Two kinds of lubricant are used on a bicycle&mdash;oil
-and graphite. A lubricant is used to diminish friction
-where two or more surfaces move over each other.
-If these surfaces are of the same material and the
-same degree of hardness, they do not slip; but the
-unevennesses of the surfaces engage each other and
-cause resistance, which produces friction, and friction
-causes heat, and the parts move more and more
-slowly, until at last they stop. Now, if a substance
-of a different character, like oil or graphite, is introduced
-between the moving surfaces, it forms little
-cushions, which prevent the two surfaces from coming
-into close contact; and, as the oil or graphite
-splits up readily into minute particles, the surfaces
-slip upon that, instead of holding fast. A smooth
-surface of metal is full of inequalities, perceptible
-when magnified, and slipping past each other with
-as much difficulty as would surfaces of sand paper.
-Only oil of the best quality and pure graphite
-should be used. Nothing sticky or gritty in its nature
-should be allowed near bearing surfaces.</p>
-
-<p>The pump is an all-important and indispensable
-adjunct of the pneumatic tire. Each tire is fitted
-with a valve, and accompanied by a pump with which
-to inflate it. A valve is a lifting, sliding cover,
-connected with an aperture to prevent the passage of
-air or other fluids, and so constructed that the pump
-forces the cover down, and the air pushes past.
-The cover is held in place by a spring and air pressure,
-and, fitting tightly against a washer of some
-soft, impervious material, makes an air-tight joint,
-and will not move unless displaced. The pump itself<span class="pagenum" id="Page123">[123]</span>
-is fitted with a valve to fill its cylinder or barrel
-with air, and to hold the air after the cylinder is full
-and when the plunger of the pump is forcing the air
-out of it again. A flexible tube coupling is used to
-connect the pump-barrel with the valve of the tire.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig30">
-
-<img src="images/illo195.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="460" />
-
-<p class="caption">UNSCREWING.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>The valves are of many patterns and sizes, and
-there are pumps made to fit special tires, and pumps
-that will in a manner suit almost any ordinary valve.
-It is most important to note that all the washers
-about the pump and valves are in place. Deflated
-tires are often caused by a misplaced washer; and
-though valves are so constructed that it is not easy to
-disturb the washers, still it is well to know where
-they are and when they require attention. Washers
-wear out and require renewing, and sometimes a defective
-washer should be replaced; they are usually
-made of rubber or leather, but metal washers are
-sometimes used where there is much pressure or
-friction.</p>
-
-<p>The metal used in bicycle construction must be
-finished, smoothed, and prepared to resist the corroding
-effects of the atmosphere and to present an attractive
-and durable exterior. The metal used for
-the different parts must be smoothed and polished;
-all foreign substances, like grease, removed from
-their surface by a chemical process; and lastly a
-coating of nickel deposited on the surface by means
-of electricity. The nickel in this way becomes a
-part of the original metal, and protects its surface
-from rust and corrosion. A well-nickeled piece of
-metal, beautifully polished, and kept free from finger
-marks, loses its lustre only when neglected. Of<span class="pagenum" id="Page124">[124]</span>
-course, there are other ways of finishing the surface
-of the metal parts of the bicycle; other plating metal
-may be substituted for the nickel, and other finish
-than polish used.</p>
-
-<p>Light wheels cannot be recommended for rough
-country or for very fast work over only moderately
-good roads. A certain weight of material has been
-taken from the bicycle to make it light; the machine
-begins to lose its rigidity and consequently its accuracy,
-and cannot maintain its direction, but wavers,
-and really travels further to attain a given distance.
-The weight of a bicycle should depend on the roads
-it is to cover and the purposes it is to serve. Very
-light wheels wear out quickly; they cannot stand
-the strain of practice. Beginners, therefore, should
-choose a wheel that can endure the handling they
-will give it.</p>
-
-<p>A very light, well-made, and delicately adjusted
-bicycle can carry a skilled cyclist anywhere; but a
-light wheel sooner loses its accuracy, and is then
-more difficult to work than a heavier wheel that runs
-true. Heavy wheels are not to be endured; light
-wheels, too light wheels, not to be encouraged.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page125">[125]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XV.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Solving a Problem.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>When choosing a wheel, you should know what
-you want and why you want it. Machines are built
-for special purposes, and any reliable dealer can
-help you in selecting a machine and will guarantee
-satisfaction. Bicycles wear out, of course, but
-with proper care they may be made to last a long
-time.</p>
-
-<p>Careful examination of your wheel should always
-be made before starting for even a short ride; and
-on returning it is well to test gear and pedals, to
-look at spokes and tires. Any needed repair can be
-noted, and attended to at convenience. Always examine
-your bicycle thoroughly after a collision, for
-shocks are dangerous even to the toughest metal, and
-such precaution may prevent a serious accident.</p>
-
-<p>On returning from a ride the wheel should have a
-thorough going over, the enamel dusted, and any
-mud washed off with a wet sponge. The chain, if
-your machine has one, should be taken off every two
-or three hundred miles of dusty road, and soaked in
-kerosene over night; the nickel or metal well dusted,
-rubbed with a chamois, and polished; and all the
-bearings, axles, and gear carefully wiped, and dust<span class="pagenum" id="Page126">[126]</span>
-and grit removed. Then the chain should be replaced,
-oiled, graphited, and the bearings oiled.</p>
-
-<p>The chain is a complicated mechanism, consisting
-of many repetitions of parts; it should be kept clean
-and well lubricated. To apply graphite, turn the
-wheel upside down, hold the graphite still against
-the chain, and turn the wheel. The oil is needed in
-the joints of the chain; the graphite where the chain
-engages the cogs. The other parts used for applying
-power need the usual care given to the best machines&mdash;absolute
-cleanliness, freedom from grit, and
-thorough lubrication.</p>
-
-<p>The chain is at present a mechanical detail only,
-and the application of power to the wheel capable of
-a great variety of forms. The principle remains
-the same, the application of power; the mechanical
-contrivance for transmitting it is a detail of construction.
-The difference of individuality can be
-compensated for in the length of the lever, size and
-number of gear, size of wheel, diameter of wheel,
-and width of tread.</p>
-
-<p>The ideal machine requires little adjustment.
-The less the screws, the nuts, and the bearings are
-wrenched, the more perfect is the machine, the more
-free from wear and dents and scratches. To apply
-a wrench is a serious responsibility that should not
-be undertaken lightly. It seems easy, and yet skilled
-men are employed just for that kind of work, for it
-is work requiring the precision of the trained mechanic.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig31">
-
-<img src="images/illo201.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="403" />
-
-<p class="caption">PREPARING TO TURN THE BICYCLE OVER.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>After purchasing a watch, the owner does not at
-once investigate the machinery; yet many, because<span class="pagenum" id="Page127">[127]</span>
-the tools are at hand, are tempted to experiment on
-a bicycle. A bicycle, like a watch, should be ready
-to run, and only require winding up to keep it going.
-It should be adjusted; and if it needs regulating, this
-should be done by people who understand the machine
-and have the requisite knowledge and responsibility
-to do well what is to be done. Two rules
-may be laid down for one who does not study mechanical
-details&mdash;never to touch the bicycle except
-to ride it; and never to let any one else touch it who
-has not skill and experience.</p>
-
-<p>This practice will prove satisfactory until some
-day, miles from home, the bicycle will not go; you
-carry it more miles to the nearest conveyance, and
-send it home. There you have it examined, and find
-that a touch sets it free; just as sometimes, when
-your watch will not go, you take it to a watchmaker,
-and he examines it, winds it up, and hands it back,
-telling you there is no charge. After learning to
-wheel a bicycle, therefore, the next step should be
-to learn to care for it. Unless somewhat familiar
-with machinery, it is bewildering to contemplate
-taking the thing apart and putting all those parts together
-again; even more bewildering is it, having
-taken the thing apart, not to be able to put it together.
-In such case, there is nothing to do but to gather
-the pieces of the puzzle, and send them to be set
-up. If in this extremity a friend who knows all
-about a bicycle should offer assistance, it is well to
-hear what he has to say before he undertakes the
-work. &#8220;I do not think your wheel is just like
-mine,&#8221; perhaps, or &#8220;Where do these things belong?<span class="pagenum" id="Page128">[128]</span>&#8221;
-is enough for the wise. Better send to the shop for
-a machinist at once. All the parts of the bicycle are
-made to go together in one way, and any attempt at
-experiment may injure the mechanism.</p>
-
-<p>When you undertake to investigate a bicycle for
-the first time, take an old one as a subject, and endeavor
-to put it in perfect running order. If an old
-bicycle cannot be had, proceed with much circumspection.
-Go where you will be undisturbed, where
-there is plenty of room, and where a key may be
-turned if there is possibility of interruption. There
-is sure to be some oil and grease spattered about, in
-spite of the utmost care, and it is well to remember
-this while making preparations. Have ready a pile
-of old newspapers, some cups, plates, and boxes, and
-a painting apron if you possess one; if not an old
-skirt and apron, and sleeves well rolled up. For
-tools, a monkey-wrench, two or three screw-drivers,
-large as well as small, a hammer, one or two pieces
-of wood, the bicycle kit, oil, graphite, a can of kerosene,
-some cheesecloth and canton flannel, and a large
-wooden box.</p>
-
-<p>Take two newspapers folded in half, and put them
-on the floor for the saddle and handle-bars; then
-turn the bicycle upside down, and arrange the newspapers
-under the saddle and handles. If there is a
-bell, take it off, or place a block under the opposite
-end of the bar to balance it. Before turning the bicycle
-over, remove the lantern, if there is one on the
-bicycle, as the oil will be spilled out if the lamp is
-turned upside down.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig32">
-
-<img src="images/illo205.jpg" alt="" width="362" height="600" />
-
-<p class="caption">TURNING THE BICYCLE OVER.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Begin by carefully removing all mud and grit<span class="pagenum" id="Page129">[129]</span>
-from the bicycle. Wear old gloves, and remove mud
-with the hand when possible, finishing with a cheese-cloth
-duster and an old oily cloth. Go over all the
-joints where the wheels turn, and remove every particle
-of grit, then remove mud and dust.</p>
-
-<p>An experienced worker, to save labor, cleans each
-piece as it comes off, but the beginner must work
-more slowly. Have ready a shallow box or tray to
-receive the parts as they are removed. Lay each
-part, as it is taken off, in the tray, with the oily side
-up, for a guide. First, remove the chain, turn it
-until the nut of the little screw-bolt is found. This
-little bolt forms one of the link-pins, and can be
-found quite readily. One end of the bolt has a
-screw-head notch, and the other a nut and thread.
-Use the small bicycle screw-wrench for this, a large
-screw-driver, and a small screw-driver to fit the
-screw. Turn the chain until the bolt is in a convenient
-position, then take the large screw-driver or a
-rod, and place through the spokes of the rear wheel,
-letting the bar rest on the frame. This will prevent
-the wheel from turning, and keep the pedals and
-sprocket-wheel in position; your fingers may be
-caught and badly cut if this precaution is not taken.
-Fasten the small wrench on the little nut, and hold
-it there with one hand, with the other unscrewing
-the little screw with a small screw-driver. Should
-the screw fail to yield easily, a drop or two of kerosene
-will soften the rust and grit, and help to start it.</p>
-
-<p>Return the nut to the screw end, and place it on
-the tray. Take hold of one end of the chain, and
-remove the bar that steadies the rear wheel, then<span class="pagenum" id="Page130">[130]</span>
-turn one of the pedal cranks, and the chain will come
-off in your hand. The chain should be placed in
-kerosene and left to soak.</p>
-
-<p>The enamel of the frame should then be carefully
-rubbed and polished with canton flannel. A clean
-piece should be kept for the purpose, for if greasy it
-gives a dull look to the enamel. The plating should
-be first polished with a cloth, and then if dull with
-whiting. Nickel plating takes a beautiful polish
-with electro-silicon used on canton flannel.</p>
-
-<p>Go carefully over each oil-cup, and be sure it is
-cleaned, and work around the ends of the axles.
-Ascertain if either wheel needs adjusting, and look
-carefully to see that the rims are true. A good way
-to do this is to hold a pencil-top on the frame against
-the rim of the wheel, and spin the wheel. If it
-touches evenly all around, the wheel is true; if uneven,
-take the bicycle to a repair shop and have the
-wheels trued as soon as possible.</p>
-
-<p>After cleaning all the bearings, put oil in the oil-cups
-and replace the chain. It is well to leave the
-chain soaking in kerosene, and later hang it up to
-drip, and when dry, it will be found bright and clean;
-or keep a can of lubricating oil in which to soak the
-chain, and after draining it thoroughly, wipe clean
-before replacing on the machine. Take an oil-can,
-and oil each separate rivet. Start the chain on the
-sprocket, and pull it over the rear sprocket by turning
-a pedal crank, bringing the ends on the lower
-side. Place the bar across as before, to keep the
-sprocket from moving, and then replace the little
-screw-bolt, using a small wrench, and a screw-driver<span class="pagenum" id="Page131">[131]</span>
-that fits the screw. Remove the bar, see that the
-chain is not too tight, and note if it requires any
-taking up, an adjustment that is done in the rear
-wheel.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig33">
-
-<img src="images/illo209.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="534" />
-
-<p class="caption">THE BICYCLE TURNED OVER.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>Hold the stick of graphite on a convenient surface
-of the chain, and turn the cranks; then dust the
-chain to take off any small lumps of the lubricant,
-and the wheel is ready to be run. Examine the tires
-and valves, see that the tires are not too soft, and inflate
-them. See that the valves are in order, then
-set the wheel right side up. Replace bell and lantern,
-rub off any finger-marks, and the bicycle is
-ready.</p>
-
-<p>If the bicycle has been running for some time,
-and in spite of the care bestowed on it, the chain runs
-a little heavy, the pedals don&#8217;t spin as they should,
-or the cranks revolve as often as they might, and
-the wheels are sluggish, there is no remedy but to
-take down the bicycle, clean it thoroughly, set it up
-and adjust it. It will require several hours&#8217; hard
-work to do this, combined with a knowledge of machinery
-and a knowledge of bicycle working, or else
-enterprise, care, and common sense.</p>
-
-<p>Begin work on a wheel perfectly free, as far as the
-outside can be made so, from sand, mud, and grit.
-Remove the chain and put it to soak. Have a pan
-of kerosene, and place each small part in that to soak,
-and any part that has friction surface or is notably
-oily or greasy.</p>
-
-<p>Begin serious work on a pedal, which is small and
-easily handled. If the pedal is a removable one,
-take it off. If the spindle is stationary, take off the<span class="pagenum" id="Page132">[132]</span>
-movable parts, first the nuts or screws, then loosen
-the cones, having a box placed underneath to catch
-the balls if any should fall out. Support the box
-well up under the pedal, as the balls bounce and
-jump about. Even if you have had the pedals off
-before, and know how it is done, it is well to have
-something to catch the balls, as otherwise you must
-atone for any mistake by a scramble. Place the balls
-in a separate dish of kerosene, and carefully count
-them. Wipe the movable parts of the pedals with a
-cloth wet in kerosene, and finish with a dry cloth.</p>
-
-<p>In taking a pedal down, the place of each part
-should be carefully noted, so that it may be a simple
-matter to replace the parts. If, the first pedal being
-now apart, the novice is confused, there is the other
-pedal to afford comparison. Study that, then return
-the parts of the dismembered pedal to their proper
-places, and adjust them. The balls may prove
-troublesome; but a screw-driver dipped in vaseline
-will pick up any very small balls, and pliers can
-manage the larger ones. See that cones and washers
-are replaced, then add a few drops of oil, adjusting
-the pedal to spin easily without lateral play, and
-tighten cones and nuts. Spin the pedal for a final
-test, and then begin on the other pedal.</p>
-
-<p>If after several hours&#8217; work, but one pedal is finished,
-if that one pedal is in perfect order, there is
-much cause for congratulation. The other pedal
-may be done very much more easily and rapidly.
-Of course, it takes time to wipe all the balls and
-cones, and nuts and screws, and washers and spindles,
-and when the pedal is in your hand, a little<span class="pagenum" id="Page133">[133]</span>
-time may be spent to give it an extra rub to brighten
-its polish. Wipe off any oil that may have shown
-in the joints of the bearings, and the pedals are
-finished.</p>
-
-<p>The front wheel should next engage attention.
-Take a large wrench, and start the bearing cones,
-and take off the nuts at opposite sides of the ends of
-the forks. These nuts are screwed on the ends of
-the axle, and perhaps have metal washers under them.
-Place them in a box by themselves, and if the forks
-are notched, there will be nothing to do but to lift
-out the wheel. If the ends of the forks have only
-eyes, the forks must be sprung to take the wheel out.</p>
-
-<p>When the wheel is in your hand, avoid letting any
-grease or oil touch the tire, for it will injure the
-rubber. Now proceed to work on the axles. Support
-the wheel on a large, empty wooden box. The
-axle is a spindle, and has cones to hold the balls in
-against the bearings. The cones must be removed
-and cleaned, and the socket of the hub made clean
-with an oily cloth followed by a clean one. The
-axle&#8217;s spindle should be replaced, and the balls and
-cones restored to their proper relative positions.
-Drop in a little oil, adjust and tighten the cones,
-then spring the wheel back between the forks, and
-true it; see that it runs even between the forks and
-that the cones are keyed up firm and even. Replace
-the nuts, and screw up firm. Wipe off any oil that
-may have worked out, and spin the wheel to try it.
-If it runs long and steadily, and has no lateral play,
-and everything is keyed up tight and true, this part
-of the work may be considered finished.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page134">[134]</span></p>
-
-<p>Some prefer to use a little pure graphite for the
-balls, and no oil; and again some bicycles are made
-without oil-cups. For the first work, oil is safer to
-handle; but remember that two or three drops are
-enough. Too much is worse than useless, for oil
-spreads over a large surface, and will cover all the
-surface of the bicycle with a thin film, which will
-need to be constantly wiped off.</p>
-
-<p>The rear wheel may be removed without springing
-the frame. Unscrew the adjustment attachment,
-and the wheel will come out. Clean the rear wheel
-bearings in the same way you have cleaned those of
-the front wheel; replace the rear wheel, and put back
-the adjusting attachment.</p>
-
-<p>Give the crank axle the same care and attention
-that the wheel axles have received. The pedal
-cranks are fastened on either end of the crank axle
-in such a way that the dead centre is avoided as much
-as possible. The large sprocket-wheel is on the
-crank axles, and sometimes not movable. The
-cranks are screwed or fastened with pins to the ends
-of the axles, and should not be disturbed. Take the
-large key-wrench from the kit, and start the bearing
-cones. If the crank must come off, see that the nut
-on the end of the crank-pin is flush with the end, and
-place a piece of wood on it before striking it with a
-hammer, as already explained, to start the bolt or
-pin. Or if you have some one to help, let a heavy
-hammer-head be held under the crank beside the bolt,
-at the other end; and the double shock and recoil
-from the heavy hammer as the blow is struck will
-jar the bolt loose.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page135">[135]</span></p>
-
-<p>Remove and clean the cones and balls, then replace
-and oil them, and adjust the cones tight, ready for
-adjustment when the cranks are in place. The only
-bearings left to attend to are those in the head of the
-frame. Take out the handle-bars, and wipe them
-and their socket very carefully; never allow any oil
-to remain there. The handles should never be immovably
-tight; yet grease, if any were introduced,
-would perhaps cause them to slip when they should
-remain in place. The crank axle-key usually fits the
-cone of the head of the frame, and that may be
-treated as any other set of ball bearings&mdash;loosened,
-removed, cleaned, replaced, oiled, adjusted, and
-tightened. Any dust may be removed from inside
-the frame-head while the bearings are off.</p>
-
-<p>When the head bearings have been restored and
-the handle-bar replaced, put on the chain and adjust
-it. The rear wheel is arranged to move forward or
-back on the frame by the adjusting attachment.
-This allows the two sprocket-wheels to be placed
-nearer together or farther apart, and the chain may
-be stretched and held between them to any desired
-degree of rigidity or of slackness.</p>
-
-<p>When the bicycle has been set up, the parts correctly
-replaced, before turning it right side up, go over
-the entire adjustment of the machine, to see that
-nothing has been forgotten. Have wrench and screw-driver
-at hand and a clean cloth. Begin with the
-bearings of the front wheel. See that the oil is not
-working out, and wipe them again. Take the key,
-and see that they are true and tight. Apply the
-screw-wrench to the nuts of the fork, and see that<span class="pagenum" id="Page136">[136]</span>
-they are screwed home. Treat the rear wheel in the
-same way, and look that both wheels travel on the
-same line or plane; if they do not, it is because the
-bearings are out or the frame is bent. Go over the
-axle bearing, feel the chain, spin the pedals and
-wheels. A well-adjusted wheel will carry the weight
-of the valve around quickly and then swing back,
-showing how sensitive it is to so small a weight. If
-you are satisfied that everything is right, turn the
-bicycle right side up, and square the handle-bars.
-The only way to do this is to stand in front of the
-bicycle, and take the wheel between the knees while
-the handles are pulled into place.</p>
-
-<p>The saddle-post and screw-nuts that hold it should
-be examined and removed and carefully wiped, as
-well as the socket where they belong. The screw
-that holds the saddle-post in place does its work by
-friction, and any oil would prevent it from acting
-properly, and the saddle would slip. Keep the oil-can
-carefully wiped, and see that the little spout has
-a clean round hole at the end that will allow only a
-drop at a time to escape; for oil travels and spreads
-in a marvellous manner, appearing where least expected
-or wanted. If there is a hand-brake on the
-bicycle, adjusted to alter with the handle-bars,
-examine it carefully, and wipe the rods. Oil here
-will allow the coupling to slip and the action of the
-brake to be impaired.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" id="Fig34">
-
-<img src="images/illo217.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="548" />
-
-<p class="caption">STRAIGHTENING THE HANDLE-BARS.</p>
-
-</div><!--figcenter-->
-
-<p>There are so many things to be carefully observed
-and accurately done in this kind of work that mistakes
-and omissions may be easily made by the inexperienced;
-but there need not be so many blunders,<span class="pagenum" id="Page137">[137]</span>
-after all, if one works slowly and observingly, taking
-notes, in writing if necessary, as for instance
-how far the bearing cones are keyed in when in
-place, which is the reverse side of the crank and
-pedal pins, if they are interchangeable, or rights and
-lefts.</p>
-
-<p>Screw threads are made rights and lefts, and
-threads are made to fit them in the sockets where
-they belong. That pedals may not work loose, the
-spindles are made right and left, with a reverse screw,
-so that forward pedaling drives them tighter. In
-the older constructions, the pedal sometimes became
-unscrewed and fell off, or the nut fell off and the
-pedal loosened. All such matters should be studied
-before taking down a machine. Usually the maker&#8217;s
-catalogue will describe and illustrate these details.
-Study that, and learn the names and uses of all the
-parts of the bicycle, and then you will be prepared
-to go to work by yourself, or with but little assistance.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page138">[138]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XVI.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Where to Keep a Bicycle.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Almost anywhere that a bicycle can stand or hang
-will do for a place to keep it; and almost any place
-will do to go to work on a bicycle&mdash;the roadside,
-the lawn (though the grass is worse than a haystack
-to lose things in), anywhere, in fact, that may suit
-your convenience. The accessories of the bicycle
-should have places where they may always be found,
-and the bicycle itself should be kept where it will
-be undisturbed and where it may be kept free from
-finger-marks, dust, and oil.</p>
-
-<p>With the bicycle should be kept certain conveniences
-for handling it&mdash;a table or bench fitted conveniently,
-frames to hold the wheel for cleaning and
-adjusting, a good light to work by, and a place for
-the tools that are sure to accumulate. There are
-two kinds of workshop for the amateur&mdash;the one
-that you fit up for yourself, and the one that is fitted
-up for you. The amateur with a place well fitted
-out likes to add details of home construction, and the
-proud owner of a corner cupboard is always anxious
-to replace makeshifts. In either case, get the best
-you can, and take care of it. Of tools, the best are
-always cheapest; but good tools, or tools of any<span class="pagenum" id="Page139">[139]</span>
-kind, can become a very expensive luxury. Taste
-for the best comes quickly to even the moderately
-enthusiastic.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle rack room should be light, with plenty
-of head room, and conveniently fitted with racks,
-shelves, and lockers. Each rack should have its
-corresponding shelf-room and pigeon-hole, either
-beside it or above and behind it. There is an infinite
-variety of racks to select from, from the two
-stakes driven into the ground or fastened to the floor,
-to the handsomely finished metal racks with joints to
-hold the frame at any angle.</p>
-
-<p>If there is but one bicycle to care for, it is better
-to have its rack and shelf and cupboard together&mdash;the
-rack to hold the bicycle in a proper position, the
-shelf for sundry attachments, and the cupboard for
-the lamp and extras. Such a bicycle corner can be
-made very attractive to look at when everything is
-arranged and kept in perfect order. When several
-bicycles are to be cared for together, when neatly
-set up they make a very pretty showing. If possible,
-the rack-room should be separate, set apart for that
-purpose, and kept under lock and key; it should be
-dry and well lighted, free from frost, and not likely
-to be over-heated by direct sun-rays in summer.
-The frost is injurious to metal and enamel; and the
-sun or too much heat will spoil rubber, and possibly
-injure enamel as well.</p>
-
-<p>An even temperature, not any special degree of
-temperature, is requisite; for changes of temperature
-cause different degrees of expansion and contraction
-in different materials; and as the steel frame, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page140">[140]</span>
-the enamel it is covered with, do not expand and
-contract in quite the same degree, they will gradually
-work loose from each other, and the enamel will
-flake or split.</p>
-
-<p>The rubber tire should be kept out of the sun, and
-the place where it stands should be kept very clean,
-and no oil allowed about; for oil is injurious to the
-rubber, and in case of punctures makes repairing
-very difficult, if not impossible. A rubber surface
-with even the slightest film of oil will not make a
-joint, as the oil prevents the rubber surface and that
-of the cement and the article to be repaired from
-uniting.</p>
-
-<p>If the workshop is to be used by more than one
-person, each should have a tool-chest and a work-bench
-of his own, and each tool-chest provided with
-lock and key, and each person with a key to the outer
-door. Tools are but the continuation of the individual
-brain and will power. What one handles
-becomes, while in one&#8217;s hand, a part of one&#8217;s self,
-as it were. Tools, therefore, should be individual
-property always, just as scissors and thimble are,
-though of course extra tools may be provided for
-general work. Every one prefers a good pair of scissors
-to a poor pair, and the same preference is likely
-to be evinced in the case of other tools. If the
-tools are common property, the best will be always
-taken, and often not restored to their proper place.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle workshop is devoted to metal work,
-woodwork, and rubber work. The metal work
-should be kept by itself, and the tools used for metal
-work only.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page141">[141]</span></p>
-
-<p>The amateur can commence fitting a shop by setting
-up a small deal table and a vise. The table will
-do for a work-bench, and one vise will serve for a
-beginning; it should be of medium size, quite heavy,
-made of wrought iron or cast steel, and capable of
-holding a wrench in its jaws, though a less expensive
-one could be made to do. A cheap vise, however, is
-pretty sure to break if a strain is put upon it; and,
-while a good workman could get comparatively good
-work out of a poor vise, the poor tool in unskilled
-hands would be sure to show its weak place.</p>
-
-<p>Have a notch cut in the edge of the table to let
-the vise back to where there is bearing surface; and
-it is well to have it as far in as convenient, for the
-weight will thus be supported more steadily. Get a
-plumber to cut a section of lead pipe about as long
-as the jaws of the vise, and have the piece of pipe
-split and flattened. You can do this yourself if you
-can handle a saw, and have one that is suitable for
-cutting metal; or a jig saw will do, and the lead can
-be flattened on a block with a mallet. Screw one of
-the flattened pieces of lead into the jaws of the vise,
-leaving about an inch to project above; hammer the
-projecting part over, and one side of the jaws will
-have a lead face that can be taken out. Do the
-same with the other piece of lead. Replace them
-both, and the vise is fitted with a pair of lead jaw
-faces, which will be found most useful.</p>
-
-<p>The lead being soft, any small metal object may
-be held between the jaws without injury, while if
-the steel face of the vise came in direct contact with
-the metal, a screw for example, the thread might be<span class="pagenum" id="Page142">[142]</span>
-bruised; or if the screw were harder than the vise,
-the face of the jaws would be marred.</p>
-
-<p>With a work-table, a vise, and the bicycle kit, a
-very fair beginning may be made, and any refractory
-small part handled with ease. Even the spindle of
-the axles of one of the wheels may be screwed in,
-and the bearings removed, while held in this way.
-The vise will act as a clamp for holding pieces to be
-polished, and it is most useful in taking a pedal or
-other small parts down. Above the table should be
-a tool-rack, three feet of board ten or twelve inches
-wide, with a ledge or shelf nailed along the lower
-edge, and a strip of leather or some stiff and pliable
-material nailed on in loops to hold the tools. Under
-the table should be kept a couple of boxes&mdash;wooden
-boxes such as canned goods come in will do&mdash;one as
-a receptacle for oil-cans, kerosene, and cloths, and
-the other to use as a frame. The outfit should be
-completed by a little bench, and a wooden stool to
-sit on when working at the table; for much of the
-work about a bicycle may be done while seated comfortably,
-and it is always well to save strength when
-possible.</p>
-
-<p>A workshop once started, many little contrivances
-suggest themselves for convenient working,&mdash;a
-nail must be put up for the apron, a corner found
-for the working gloves, separate places allotted for
-oily cloths and clean ones and for the kerosene. The
-bicycle lamp, if an oil-lamp, should have a stand
-for trimming and filling, and should be cared for
-regularly; the best of lamps will smoke occasionally,
-and the soot must not be allowed to fly about.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page143">[143]</span></p>
-
-<p>From fitting up a bicycle workshop, the transition
-is easy to studying accomplishments that may be of use&mdash;planning
-tours and trips, exercising scientifically
-to prepare to enjoy them, studying the construction
-and improvement of modern contrivances, learning
-the use of map and compass, investigating camping
-possibilities, and learning how to depend on limited
-resources when cut off from supplies. The simple
-appliances and contrivances of the home workshop
-lead the mind to appreciation and desire for something
-better, more workmanlike. A choice of tools
-suggests itself; and from the first assortment of a
-couple of wrenches, a few screw-drivers, a hammer,
-and a couple of wooden boxes, is finally evolved the
-well-furnished amateur workshop.</p>
-
-<p>The ideal room for this purpose should have a good
-north light, with windows on two sides if possible,
-and high enough from the floor to allow a work-bench
-to be placed in front of the window with the
-light falling upon it, and a space of ten inches or a
-foot between the lowest part of the window and the
-bench; this space to be arranged as a rack for tools.
-The windows should open and shut easily, and be
-fitted with two kinds of shades, dark green and
-white, two pairs of shades to each window, two rolling
-up from the lower part, and two down from the
-upper part. Nothing is so fatiguing as working by
-light not suited to the work to be done. With shades
-arranged in this way, light may be perfectly controlled,
-and distributed where needed by means of
-reflectors. Ventilating and heating, also, must be
-arranged for.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page144">[144]</span></p>
-
-<p>The workshop should have running water, and a
-closet for working clothes, which are apt to be oily
-or greasy. There should be plenty of shelf-room,
-and an extra cupboard or two. The floor should be
-of wood, unpainted. There should be a bench for
-carpenter work and carpenter tools; a bench for
-cabinet-working tools for fine wood-working; a table
-for rubber and naphtha; and a long, heavy, narrow
-bench fitted with vises of different sizes and patterns;
-a table devoted to the blast furnace, a corner
-for an anvil and portable forge and another for a
-lathe and power-saw, though these may be dispensed
-with. The movable furniture may consist of stools
-and benches of different heights, and the frames
-necessary to take down and handle a bicycle on.</p>
-
-<p>Metal can be bent, twisted, cut, pressed, elongated,
-sawed, stretched, and melted into any shape
-desired. The tools adapted to this work may consist
-of holding tools, carving tools, molding tools,
-and bending tools; and contrivances and tools made
-to perform certain work, as screw-driver, etc.</p>
-
-<p>Cutting tools are knives, saws, files, and chisels,
-which perform their work by applied power, whether
-controlled directly by the hand or otherwise.</p>
-
-<p>The metal-working outfit may contain many varieties
-of tools.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page145">[145]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XVII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Tires.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>In the older forms of wheel, the tire did duty in
-protecting and strengthening the wheel and holding
-it together. In the bicycle wheel, the rim is the
-strengthening and supporting contrivance. The tire
-protects the rim, and acts as a spring cushion as well,
-receiving shock and jar. The solid rubber tire was
-an advance over the old steel tire on the bone-shaking
-machine, as it was called, in the days when the
-bicycle was still in its experimental stage.</p>
-
-<p>The solid tire was narrow, and after a certain
-diameter of material was reached, the weight of
-rubber became too great if the tire was made larger.
-It was found that a certain thickness of material was
-sufficient for wear and tear and that more surface
-was desired to grip the roadway, and that consequently
-the tire should be made lighter. Hose-pipe
-was tried, and did well; and then experiment succeeded
-experiment in the effort to produce a tire that
-would fit, wear well, be light, and give speed and
-resiliance.</p>
-
-<p>A pneumatic tire is made of a tough, hard outer
-material to resist wear, a fibrous inner material to
-give stiffness and prevent stretching, and an impervious<span class="pagenum" id="Page146">[146]</span>
-inner layer to retain the air. Rubber is a
-sticky, gummy substance, easily melted at a comparatively
-low temperature, and becoming hard
-when exposed to the air and moderately low temperature;
-it dissolves readily in benzine or gasoline or
-naphtha, and is insoluble in water. Grease and oil
-have a peculiar disintegrating effect on rubber and
-rubber materials, and are most injurious to them. To
-prevent rubber substances from adhering to each
-other, they are prepared in a particular way, and feel
-dry and gritty to the touch.</p>
-
-<p>Tires are made in layers, and double-tube tires
-have a separate inner tube of impervious rubber to
-hold the air, and an outer covering of toughened
-material, that is quite separate and not necessarily
-air-tight, to resist wear.</p>
-
-<p>The tire must be held immovable on the rim of the
-wheel. There is all the pull of the weight of the
-moving bicycle against the surface over which it
-moves, and the tire must be secured to the rim in
-such a way as to keep it forced in place. There are
-two methods of fastening it permanently to the rim,&mdash;with
-cement or other material of that character, so
-as to make it a part of the rim, as it were; and by
-clamping it fast. A cemented tire, or indeed any
-tire of rubber, should never be left in the sun, as the
-heat affects the rubber and perhaps the cement.</p>
-
-<p>Changes of temperature affect different materials
-in different degrees, and the different materials expand
-and contract, working loose from each other
-until something gives way, with apparently inexplicable
-results. When two or more different materials<span class="pagenum" id="Page147">[147]</span>
-are used in construction in this way, this problem
-will always present itself.</p>
-
-<p>The tire inflated, the impervious inner covering
-of the tire tube, which is made of a soft and yielding
-substance, fills the interstices in the outer covering,
-rendering it air-tight. Should a hard substance then
-be introduced into this material, and a puncture occur,
-it is necessary to locate the puncture. This is
-very difficult to do if the puncture is small, and the
-substance that made the hole has been removed.
-Ascertain first that the trouble is not with the valve
-of the tire if the air is not retained properly. Then
-test for puncture in this way. Wet the surface of
-the tire, and note the bubbles that form under the
-film of water, and the puncture is found.</p>
-
-<p>The inner surface tire is made to resist the air, and
-is usually of pure rubber. The outer covering is for
-strength and wear. Rubber may be repaired with
-rubber easily enough, and the purer the rubber, the
-easier it is to cement it with a cement made of pure
-rubber dissolved in a volatile vehicle. Almost any
-repair or renovation of the tire may be accomplished
-with rubber material, rubber cement to be used for
-plugging, and twine or cotton cloth to be used for
-strengthening purposes. Small punctures require
-only plugging from the inside; tears and rents require
-plugging and reinforcing as well. Each make
-of tire has its repair-kit and directions for use.</p>
-
-<p>The single-tube tire, with its inner coat, is so made
-that the inner covering will act as a continuous plug.
-The soft rubber is compressed, and put on in such a
-way that the air pressure, even if a puncture occurs,<span class="pagenum" id="Page148">[148]</span>
-will help to close the hole by pressing on all sides
-around and about it. To illustrate this principle,
-cover the outside of the tube with soft rubber cement,
-and let it dry. Then turn the tube inside out.
-The rubber will be in an active state of compression.
-Force air against the surface, and it is easily seen
-how the rubber is crowded if there is any place
-made by puncture, and how the hole would be closed.</p>
-
-<p>Numberless punctures are made and resealed, and
-the tire works all right. The puncture that does not
-reseal must be plugged or patched. Rubber plugs
-are made in all sizes; and rubber cement, liquid
-rubber, is put up in collapsible metal tubes, like
-paint-tubes, with a pointed spout to introduce the
-cement behind and through the puncture. There
-are numberless convenient contrivances made to hold
-plugs, enlarge holes, and to do the repair work
-neatly.</p>
-
-<p>In mending a puncture, the tire remains on the
-wheel, and the work is done from the outside of the
-tire. If the hole is very small, it must be enlarged
-sufficiently to introduce the plug. The rubber of
-the plug is very soft and compressible, and the hole
-should be considerably smaller than the shank of the
-plug.</p>
-
-<p>The plug must be held firmly, and forced through
-the hole, and held in place while the nose of the
-cement-tube is introduced, and a plentiful supply of
-liquid rubber smeared over the inside of the hole
-around and on the plug, and enough extra cement
-added to flow all about the inside of the tire around
-the puncture. Pull the plug back by the shank,<span class="pagenum" id="Page149">[149]</span>
-allowing the head to rest on the inside of the tire,
-and the shank to come back through the hole. Pull
-the plug firmly into place by the shank, which should
-fit the hole very tight. Cut off the projecting end
-of the plug shank, and the repair is made. Turn the
-wheel until the plug comes to the lowest point, and
-keep it there until the cement gets around the plug.
-To smooth a ragged hole before introducing the plug,
-when the proper tools are not to be had, a heated
-wire may be used to make a round smooth hole.
-Rubber may be handled and cut while wet with
-water, but must be dry and free from grease to take
-cement. Always wet the knife-blade before cutting
-the end off the plug; this will ensure a smooth, clean
-cut.</p>
-
-<p>A puncture may be repaired by introducing almost
-any material on the inner surface, and holding it in
-place; and it is well to know of a few substitutes for
-the regular repair-kit for emergency use. Punctures
-difficult to locate may be found by inflating the tire
-and wetting with soapy water, when a bubble will
-form where the air escapes.</p>
-
-<p>A puncture that goes all the way through the inner
-tube of the tire must be repaired on the inside. The
-outer covering of the tire is porous, and if the hole
-is plugged or patched on the outside, the air will
-escape in other directions through the material of the
-tire. Failing the repair-kit tools, a rubber plug,
-some liquid cement, a piece of string, and a pair of
-pliers will do good work. Tie the string to the plug
-to keep it from slipping, apply plenty of cement to
-the plug, then grasp it with the pliers, and introduce<span class="pagenum" id="Page150">[150]</span>
-it through the hole prepared for it in the tire. Pull
-the string to pull the plug into place, see that there
-is plenty of cement around and about it, inflate the
-tire, and the air will hold the plug in place until the
-cement hardens.</p>
-
-<p>The plugs that are supplied are disks of rubber of
-different sizes, with stems attached to the centre,
-and a nice tool is made for the purpose of punching
-the hole in the tire. When a hole is burned, the
-charred edges should be removed, and if possible
-cleaned with benzine. A tire well patched on the
-inside is almost as good as new, and very serviceable,
-unless the brake is applied frequently and unevenly,
-when the plug is almost sure to feel the push.</p>
-
-<p>The commercial patch or plug makes the most satisfactory
-repair for a puncture, although there are
-other things that may be used. Rubber bands may
-be pressed into service, and sheet rubber also may be
-used. Repair on the roadside is made in the same
-way as repair in the workshop, the differences being
-in the conveniences for working and the permanency
-of the patch. A rent may be repaired with plugs, it
-being first stitched together, then the plugs introduced,
-and finally a patch cemented on the outside
-over the rent to protect the stitches. A puncture
-may be repaired with rubber bands held in place on
-a wire, covered with cement, and forced into the
-hole made in the tire. A piece of wire flattened
-on the end, a cross piece with a notch cut in it and
-twisted below, makes a fair repair needle. The end
-of the projecting rubber cut off, a very fair plug
-results.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page151">[151]</span></p>
-
-<p>Sheet rubber may be placed over the hole on the
-inside, though it is difficult to keep it in place.
-Twisted up and tied into a plug, or spread into place
-on the inside, the difficulty with this repair is that
-the patch must be held in place until the cement
-hardens, and then is liable to work out of place.
-Inner tube tires are repaired with patches of soft
-rubber. After the puncture is located, the patch
-will retain its place by being pressed against the
-inner surface of the tire when inflated.</p>
-
-<p>To do good work in repairing rubber, always clean
-the surface of the rubber material thoroughly, washing
-with benzine when possible; and always test a
-patch when finished by placing it in water or wetting
-it, to ascertain that it is satisfactory. On the road a
-puncture may be plugged in any time under five
-minutes when located. In the workshop, it is more
-convenient to hang the wheel up while making a
-patch, as it is more readily held in place when working
-from below.</p>
-
-<p>There are many ways of doing makeshift repairs.
-Melted rosin may replace the rubber cement, and
-rosin may be found at any tinsmith&#8217;s. Melt the
-rosin, and dip the rubber in that to make it stick.</p>
-
-<p>Tire tape may be used in a variety of ways. Find
-the puncture, cut strips three or four inches long,
-and place them lengthwise on the tire, lapping the
-edges at least half way over; then wrap the two thicknesses
-of tape round and round the tire, and keep
-lapping the tape each time over the last turn to hold
-the edge down, making it air-tight. Well put on,
-tire tape will last for many miles. The tire should<span class="pagenum" id="Page152">[152]</span>
-be partly inflated while the tape is being put on, and
-fully inflated when it is all on. Force more air into
-the tire to cause the tape to grip securely. Such repair,
-though not permanent, may prove serviceable
-in emergency.</p>
-
-<p>A simple and effective substitute for the rubber
-plug is absorbent cotton or jeweller&#8217;s cotton, well
-dipped in cement, and the cement worked into the
-cotton. Quite a large puncture may be repaired with
-this, and the hole need not be enlarged or burnt to
-receive it, as the soft mass of cotton fills the irregularities
-in the puncture. It may be introduced into
-the puncture either with an ordinary repair tool or
-a piece of twisted wire. The tire is held on the rim
-by cement made of shellac or some other equally
-good cementing substance. Of course, in using a
-cotton plug, the greatest mass of the cotton should
-be on the inside of the tire, leaving a stem in the
-puncture, and then the outside ends should be
-trimmed off.</p>
-
-<p>The tire may be readily removed with the hands
-by pulling at right angles with the wheel. Rubber
-cement may be made by dissolving perfectly pure
-rubber in naphtha; but the commercial cement is
-usually found the cheapest in the end.</p>
-
-<p>If you should be so unfortunate as to break down,
-what are the problems you must meet? The bicycle
-is made of different materials&mdash;iron, metal, steel,
-wood, rubber, and leather, and each different material
-requires a different kind of treatment. The
-general idea in any kind of repairs is to effect the holding
-of the parts in position with a material that will<span class="pagenum" id="Page153">[153]</span>
-supply strength and stiffness. The use of glue or cement
-is merely to hold parts in position, to replace the
-fractured pieces and keep them in place, to enable
-the particular part to do its duty, and to keep the
-piece in place while the cement hardens.</p>
-
-<p>There is room for great ingenuity in handling repair
-work and in estimating the available resources.
-The most common accident is a puncture in a pneumatic
-tire. There are also repairs to be considered
-to the wooden rims and the spokes and the tubing
-and lost or broken parts. A great deal of damage
-could occur in a collision, and the bicycle be in very
-poor shape, but it can be set right with a little assistance
-from a mechanic, even though he does not understand
-the mechanism of a bicycle.</p>
-
-<p>Suppose nothing to be injured except a piece of
-the supporting tubing; or that the bicycle could be
-made to go if the rim were spliced or strengthened
-at a place where it has been split. A temporary
-repair usually takes considerable time, and should
-never be attempted unless there is nothing else to
-be done. A blacksmith shop, unless the smith is
-very ingenious, is not a very good place to look for
-assistance; a plumber or tinsmith or locksmith,
-unless a bicyclist, can help but little. For a broken
-rim I would betake me to a carpenter shop or carriage
-maker&#8217;s. If the break is in a straight piece
-of tube, get the carpenter to make a round stick,
-not as long as the broken tube, and fit it to the
-inside, to slip in easily. Hardware stores keep
-round wooden rods, and perhaps one of these would
-answer. Push the round stick up into the tube, and,<span class="pagenum" id="Page154">[154]</span>
-holding the parts in place, let it slip down into the
-other part of the break; this will keep the ends of the
-break together. Then get the carpenter to take two
-blocks of wood, hollow them out to hold the tube,
-and screw them fast together, holding the tube
-between them. If he has an auger-bit the size of
-the tubing, he can easily bore a hole in a block the
-size of the tube; then have this block cut in two with
-the saw, leaving the hole cut in half, and screw the
-pieces together after they are placed on the broken
-part. The same kind of a repair may be made on
-the angles of the frame if the blocks are hollowed to
-fit. This makes an unsightly job, but can be recommended
-as strong and safe when properly done.</p>
-
-<p>A broken spoke may be repaired, if it cannot be
-replaced, by bending the ends of the broken parts
-into loops; then, taking a piece of wire through both
-loops, fasten it together, and tighten by screwing it
-up.</p>
-
-<p>A wooden rim may be whipped or wound. The
-tire must be deflated first, and removed from the rim
-at the broken place; then wind fine wire or fish-line
-about the place, after filling the break with glue or
-shellac. In wrapping, take care that the turns are
-made very smooth and even, and close to each other.
-Then the tire may be cemented and inflated. Of
-course, there will be a lumpy place on the rim, but
-it will do until the rim can be replaced.</p>
-
-<p>Any bolt that has lost its nut, when the nut cannot
-be replaced, may be held by hammering a burr on
-the end. If the end is too long, a piece may be cut
-or filed off, and a burr hammered down to hold.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page155">[155]</span></p>
-
-<p>A bicycle cannot travel easily if the frame has been
-bent out of true; and to straighten a bent frame is
-an easy matter. Take out wheels, saddle, and handle-bars,
-and use a piece of broom-handle to spring the
-frame into true; or take a stout cord, fasten it to
-either end of the part to be straightened, insert a
-stick, and wind the cord up tight.</p>
-
-<p>There are three things to take into consideration
-when doing repair work: First, finding out what is
-to be done, then doing it, then seeing that it has
-been done right.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page156">[156]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XVIII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Mechanics of Bicycling.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>All applied mechanical power is the application
-of lever movement (and lever movement is but the
-effect of applied power), either simple, compound, or
-complex.</p>
-
-<p>In the bicycle propelled by human power, we have
-a series of lever movements, initiated and executed
-by the highest and most effective mechanism known&mdash;the
-human body, applied human power. There is
-the seat of power, the point of application, and the
-object. The bicycle or object is so constructed that
-it continues the application of power applied.</p>
-
-<p>The lever is described as &#8220;a bar or other rigid instrument
-having a fixed point for the exercise of
-power and the application of power to the object to
-be moved.&#8221; The series of lever movements in the
-human body is the most wonderful known.</p>
-
-<p>There are three varieties of levers, of three different
-degrees of efficiency, known as levers of the first,
-second, and third classes, or orders, of levers.</p>
-
-<p>In the lever of the first class, the fulcrum is
-between the weight and the power:<span class="nowrap padl1">P<span class="padl2 padr2">F</span>W.</span></p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page157">[157]</span></p>
-
-<p>In the lever of the second class the fulcrum is opposite
-to the power: <span class="horsplit"><span class="top">P<span class="padl1 padr2">W</span></span>
-<span class="bot rght"><span class="padl5">F</span></span></span>.</p>
-
-<p>In the lever of the third class the fulcrum is opposite
-to the weight: <span class="horsplit"><span class="top"><span class="padl2 padr1">P</span>W</span>
-<span class="bot lft"><span class="padr4">F</span></span></span>.</p>
-
-<p>These different powers of levers are used in combination,
-and produce a great variety of power effects
-and applications.</p>
-
-<p>Other factors to note are:</p>
-
-<p>That a body in motion persists in maintaining its
-direction unless other forces intervene.</p>
-
-<p>That the gyroscope overcomes the force of gravity
-while rapidly revolving.</p>
-
-<p>That a body set in motion tends to move in a
-straight line.</p>
-
-<p>That the centre of gravity must be maintained by
-balance if disturbed or shifted.</p>
-
-<p>That force is the cause of a change in the velocity
-or direction of motion of a body.</p>
-
-<p>That all alterations of velocity take place gradually
-and continuously.</p>
-
-<p>That centripetal force and centrifugal force are
-force directed by radial action.</p>
-
-<p>That the air offers resistance, which increases
-when the air is in motion.</p>
-
-<p>That friction offers resistance to power.</p>
-
-<p>That the smaller the surface presented, the less
-friction there is to resist.</p>
-
-<p>That resistance must be overcome by power expended
-for the purpose.</p>
-
-<p>That the base of the bicycle is practically without<span class="pagenum" id="Page158">[158]</span>
-width, and is usually about from forty-two to forty-four
-inches long.</p>
-
-<p>That the direction of the base may be changed at
-will within certain limits.</p>
-
-<p>That the bicycle will fall unless prevented from
-doing so.</p>
-
-<p>That to prevent a bicycle from falling, or to maintain
-a bicycle on its base, it is necessary to balance it.</p>
-
-<p>That the constant effort to maintain the bicycle
-upright upon its base is on account of the motion of
-the different opposing forces.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle is constructed to overcome the resisting
-forces in different ways, supplying as many
-forces as can be made available to accomplish a particular
-purpose, permitting a certain choice and discrimination
-in the matter.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle has one weight-carrying wheel and a
-frame and a pivoted wheel. The driving power is
-applied to the weight-carrying wheel, and the steering
-is done with the pivoted wheel. The bicycle
-remains upright because several forces co-operate to
-enable it to maintain its plane, change direction, and
-overcome certain resisting and opposing forces.</p>
-
-<p>A bicyclist is propelled at a sufficient velocity to
-maintain the plane of movement. By altering the
-centre of gravity, inclining one way or the other,
-change of direction may be made.</p>
-
-<p>The front or guiding wheel of the bicycle, being
-controlled by the different angles of resistance it presents
-to the surface it rotates upon, and not being
-immovably fixed, can pivot to a plane corresponding
-to a plane of least resistance. After a little momentum<span class="pagenum" id="Page159">[159]</span>
-is attained, a bicycle will maintain its speed
-with but little assistance of power, unless it is accidentally
-obstructed, or an increase of grade requires
-an increase of power.</p>
-
-<p>The frame of a bicycle is a compound lever, combining
-the second and third orders. The wheels are
-a compound lever of the second and third orders.
-The fork and handles a lever of the second order.</p>
-
-<p>The forks and handle-bars are set at an angle with
-the front wheel, thus conveying the touch on the
-ground or other surface to the pivot head and the
-hands.</p>
-
-<p>A moving body tends to pursue its direction. A
-wheel loses its power to change its direction after
-passing the point of friction. With the forks at this
-angle, the blow is felt, and change of direction
-caused by an obstacle conveyed; but the wheel has
-still some power to maintain its plane from friction,
-and is steadied by its head. The motion of swaying
-is conveyed and overcome at the tire base. If the
-pivot were directly over the tire base, the swing
-would be given to the wheel; and the tire, having
-passed its point of friction, would continue to swing.
-If the head were pivoted on a point, there would be
-no side friction on the rim; because it is pivoted
-at an incline, the friction base is increased in proportion,
-and the wheel, steadied in itself, is easily
-controlled by an increased line of friction or by
-prolonging the time from the point of contact.</p>
-
-<p>A body in motion persists in maintaining its plane
-of motion unless additional forces intervene. The
-occurrence of these forces is detrimental and frequent,<span class="pagenum" id="Page160">[160]</span>
-requiring a continuous swing of the guiding wheel
-either by the hands or by balance. The direction of
-the base line is continually changed, as it were,
-broadening the base line. The weight must incline
-with the front wheel, and the front wheel will support
-it. If inclined away from the direction of the
-front wheel, the weight becomes the long arm of the
-lever, exerting weight against weight at the base of
-the bicycle, there being no opposing force. The
-front wheel being turned away, the bicycle falls or
-slips over.</p>
-
-<p>With the fork at this angle the wheel is inclined,
-the frame held on the wheel at this angle, as the
-wheel is turned sideways, it gradually brings the
-centre directly over the axles, raising the front end
-of the frame up. This pressure or leverage from
-the frame tends to keep the wheel straight in the
-line of least resistance. In turning, the wheel must
-lift the weight, and push it up; and this factor
-greatly adds to the steadiness of direction.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle with the steering wheel held fast will
-maintain its plane so long as its momentum is not
-overcome. With the steering wheel the plane of
-movement may be regained after each opposition,
-provided the proportionate amount of power is
-expended.</p>
-
-<p>The radius of a wheel is the long arm of a lever;
-the pedal crank is the short arm of the lever, though
-its length may exceed that of the radius of the
-wheel.</p>
-
-<p>Power and speed are interchangeable. The shorter
-the arm of the crank, the greater the weight required<span class="pagenum" id="Page161">[161]</span>
-to balance the long arm at the rim of the wheel (an
-imaginary line). If the pedal crank is lengthened,
-it will require less power to move it. At the same
-time the foot, following the crank, describes a larger
-circle for the distance travelled by the rear wheel.
-The crank lengthened, the power is diminished, demanding
-increased exertion to follow it, the foot
-travelling at a rate determined by the distance to be
-traversed.</p>
-
-<p>When the hub rests on the axle of the wheel, there
-is considerable friction to overcome in the entire
-length of the hub, the friction, or ability of the
-wheel to turn, depending on the amount of axle surface.
-The axle, therefore, becomes heated when
-the air cannot readily reach the surface to convey
-away the heat generated by friction.</p>
-
-<p>Weight may be balanced and supported on a point;
-when weight rests on a sphere, only a point supports
-weight. By surrounding the axle with balls, the
-weight is taken from point to point on each ball,
-and a circulation of air allowed. The weight,
-carried from ball to ball, gives the advantage of a
-larger cooling surface in a confined space, while the
-weight and friction are applied directly to a very
-limited area. Each ball is also an axle in itself, and
-carries the weight, and passes it on to the next ball.
-The balls act as lubricators, preventing the moving
-surfaces from contact.</p>
-
-<p>The problem of speed produced by power means
-that speed is obtained at the expense of power expended.
-The relative size of the sprocket-wheels
-determines the relative speed of the cranks and rear<span class="pagenum" id="Page162">[162]</span>
-wheel. To get the greatest speed with the least
-power possible means diminished friction and lessened
-weight. The band or chain complies mechanically
-with these requirements, permitting a certain
-amount of play, which lessens the danger of sudden
-strains and jars, and supplies the power to the rear
-wheel with the least possible loss by friction.</p>
-
-<table class="gearing" summary="Gearing">
-
-<tr>
-<th>Gear</th>
-<th>63</th>
-<th>72</th>
-<th>76</th>
-<th>80</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">6<sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub> crank proportion</td>
-<td class="data">4<sup>11</sup>&#8260;<sub>13</sub> to 1</td>
-<td class="data"><sup>5</sup>&#8260;<sub>13</sub> to 1</td>
-<td class="data">5<sup>11</sup>&#8260;<sub>13</sub> to 1</td>
-<td class="data">6<sup>2</sup>&#8260;<sub>13</sub> to 1</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">8 crank proportion</td>
-<td class="data">3<sup>15</sup>&#8260;<sub>16</sub> to 1</td>
-<td class="data">44<sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub> to 1</td>
-<td class="data">33<sup>3</sup>&#8260;<sub>4</sub> to 1</td>
-<td class="data">5 to 1</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">6<sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub> crank pressure</td>
-<td class="data">4.85</td>
-<td class="data">5.54</td>
-<td class="data">5.85</td>
-<td class="data">6.15</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">8 crank pressure</td>
-<td class="data">3.37</td>
-<td class="data">3.84</td>
-<td class="data">4.5&#8199;</td>
-<td class="data">5.00</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">6<sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub> crank ground covered by large wheel</td>
-<td class="data">16 ft.</td>
-<td class="data">19 ft.</td>
-<td class="data">20 ft.</td>
-<td class="data">21 ft.</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">8 crank ground covered by large wheel</td>
-<td class="data">16 ft.</td>
-<td class="data">19 ft.</td>
-<td class="data">20 ft.</td>
-<td class="data">21 ft.</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">6<sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub> crank ground covered by pedal</td>
-<td colspan="2" class="data">40.84 inches</td>
-<td rowspan="2" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td class="descr">8 crank ground covered by pedal</td>
-<td colspan="2" class="data">50.26 inches</td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<p class="center fsize90">&#8220;<i>Scientific American Supplement, No. 1025</i>,&#8221; August 24, 1895.</p>
-
-<p class="blankbefore75">Rating wheel by the amount of progression for
-each turn of the crank (pedal), the following table,
-compiled by Henry Starkweather, will be found of
-advantage:</p>
-
-<table class="ratios" summary="Ratios">
-
-<tr>
-<th rowspan="2">No. teeth in large<br />Sprocket.</th>
-<th colspan="4">26 in. wheel.</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<th colspan="4">No. teeth in<br />small sprocket.</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<th>&nbsp;</th>
-<th>6</th>
-<th>7</th>
-<th>8</th>
-<th>9</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>18</td>
-<td>20 ft</td>
-<td>17 ft</td>
-<td>15 ft</td>
-<td>13 ft</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>19</td>
-<td>21 ft</td>
-<td>18 ft</td>
-<td>16 ft</td>
-<td>14 ft</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>20</td>
-<td>22 ft</td>
-<td>19 ft</td>
-<td>17 ft</td>
-<td>15 ft</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<th>&nbsp;</th>
-<th colspan="4">28 inch wheel.</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>18</td>
-<td>22 ft</td>
-<td>19 ft</td>
-<td>16 ft</td>
-<td>14 ft</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>19</td>
-<td>23 ft</td>
-<td>20 ft</td>
-<td>17 ft</td>
-<td>15 ft</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>20</td>
-<td>24 ft</td>
-<td>21 ft</td>
-<td>18 ft</td>
-<td>16 ft</td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<p>The following table, from the New York <i>Evening
-Post</i>, shows the gear according to the number of
-teeth on large and small sprocket-wheels:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page163">[163]</span></p>
-
-<table class="sprockets" summary="Sprockets">
-
-<tr>
-<th rowspan="2">Sprockets<br />on pedal crank.</th>
-<th colspan="4">28 in. wheel</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<th colspan="4">Sprockets<br />on rear wheel.</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<th>&nbsp;</th>
-<th>7</th>
-<th colspan="2">8</th>
-<th>9</th>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>17</td>
-<td>68</td>
-<td class="double right">59</td>
-<td class="double left"><sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub></td>
-<td>53</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>18</td>
-<td>72</td>
-<td class="double right">63</td>
-<td>&nbsp;</td>
-<td>56</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>19</td>
-<td>76</td>
-<td class="double right">66</td>
-<td class="double left"><sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub></td>
-<td>59</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>20</td>
-<td>80</td>
-<td class="double right">70</td>
-<td>&nbsp;</td>
-<td>62</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
-<td>21</td>
-<td>84</td>
-<td class="double right">73</td>
-<td class="double left"><sup>1</sup>&#8260;<sub>2</sub></td>
-<td>65</td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page164">[164]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XIX.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Adjustment.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>In bicycling, the word &#8220;adjustment&#8221; means much,
-for the movable parts of the bicycle must be adjusted
-to suit the requirements of the individual bicyclist,
-and the mechanical parts of the bicycle&#8217;s construction
-adjusted so that they will work together
-properly.</p>
-
-<p>In a machine properly adjusted, the chain and
-other gear should run smoothly, the chain be neither
-too tight nor too loose, and the sprocket-wheels
-exactly in line. The bicycle wheels should run true
-and be exactly in line with the frame, and the rear
-wheel follow the identical plane of the front wheel
-when in place. The frame should be true and square
-at all points, and should be examined and tested
-always after the machine has been travelling by rail
-or has had a fall. The bearings in all parts of the
-machine should have their cone-caps in place and so
-screwed and keyed that the balls run easily without
-perceptible play. Nuts and washers should all be in
-place and screwed home. The handle-bar should be
-tight and square with the front wheel, but only tight
-enough to turn the wheel on a good surface, not so
-tight as to prevent it from turning easily if the<span class="pagenum" id="Page165">[165]</span>
-wheel is caught or held. The proper adjustment for
-position has to do with the frame, wheel-base, length
-of crank, height and position of saddle; the curve,
-width, height, and general adjustment of the handle-bar;
-the size and number of teeth on the sprocket-wheels,
-which determines the gear; and the weight,
-construction, and inflation of the tire.</p>
-
-<p>The saddle is one of the most important, if not the
-most important, part of the bicycle to study, as it
-should provide the fulcrum to work from. Any saddle
-may be adjusted to be comfortable, but saddles
-seldom remain comfortable after being adjusted.
-The saddle should be hard enough to act as a fulcrum
-and should not give or spring under work, for
-power is lost on each stroke that presses down on a
-soft saddle; it should also permit of change of position
-without readjustment, unless it is intended for
-racing purposes, for the bicyclist should be able to
-speed, climb, or coast on a saddle properly constructed
-for general purposes. Each of these different
-kinds of bicycle work requires a different application
-of muscular power, and the saddle should permit
-of a readjustment of position that will at least
-accommodate the altered tendency caused by a
-shifted centre of gravity in grade work.</p>
-
-<p>Every individual is differently proportioned, with
-differing lever lengths and lever power. If people
-differently proportioned find the same adjustment
-possible, it would be for the reason, not that their
-different requirements average the same, but that
-the average of their different requirements is the
-same. A higher gear means greater resistance; a<span class="pagenum" id="Page166">[166]</span>
-lengthened crank causes the foot to travel in a larger
-circle while gaining in increased leverage in the
-lengthened arm.</p>
-
-<p>In determining the proper proportion of crank
-length and gear, it may be calculated that the same
-amount of resistance may be overcome by using a
-higher gear and longer crank as by using a lower
-gear and shorter crank, the difference being in the
-rapidity of the stroke necessary to cover a given distance
-in a certain length of time. This adjustment
-may be considered equivalent to length of pace and
-rapidity of pace in walking. It is well to have crank
-and gear selected by some one sufficiently experienced
-to make an intelligent choice.</p>
-
-<p>In the lever action of the leg, working the bicycle
-crank, care should be taken to prevent waste of
-power in carrying the foot back and behind, rendering
-the lever movement useless behind the line where
-the power may be made to tell. This loss will occur
-when the saddle is placed too far forward. The
-foot in returning should supply the pull, and lift with
-a push-back. The power here gained cannot compensate
-for power lost on the forward and down
-thrust, and the saddle should be placed far enough
-back to permit of the full power of the forward push
-and downward thrust. The knee should never fully
-extend when the pedal is pushed to the point where
-it is furthest from you, for if it is, there is danger in
-hill-climbing of straining the knee as well as the tendons
-and muscles of the back of the leg.</p>
-
-<p>The handle-bars should be adapted to the work to
-be done, whether racing, touring, or ordinary.<span class="pagenum" id="Page167">[167]</span>
-They certainly should not be high enough to prevent
-them from taking part of the weight of the body, nor
-so low as to cramp any portion of the trunk.</p>
-
-<p>Fatigue, with its various manifestations, cramp,
-stiffness, and numbness, comes from too long a
-period of work without change of position. For this
-reason different muscular combinations should be
-called to do the same work, or different work should
-be done with unused muscular combinations, permitting
-rest or partial rest to muscles that have been
-taxed.</p>
-
-<p>A bicycle should be fitted with adjustable handle-bar
-and saddle-post, and in case of fatigue or cramp,
-a slight change in the adjustment will reduce the
-tendency at once. Travelling should be done with
-as little weight on the saddle as possible, working on
-the pedals and resting on the handles. But when it
-comes to climbing, the push must be located from a
-fulcrum, and that fulcrum must be the saddle. All
-weight must be removed from the handles, and the
-wheel ridden by balance.</p>
-
-<p>A hill should be coasted with the weight all on the
-saddle, the feet supported, and the handles held firmly
-and lightly, a proper average position for continuous
-work being, however, maintained. To carry
-weight forward, the weight should be forward of the
-centre of gravity, and the hands dropped.</p>
-
-<p>The question of handle-bars, with the reason of
-their many varying curves, may pertinently be discussed
-here. The bar is a pair of levers finding a
-common fulcrum in the head or centre bar, and the
-difference in curve has to do with the distribution of<span class="pagenum" id="Page168">[168]</span>
-weight and the touch best suited to control the bicycle
-according to position and individual balance
-and lever power. A distribution of weight and
-leverage may be made without altering the wheel
-base by the use of a different pattern of bar that
-seems to suit the individual touch.</p>
-
-<p>To analyze the curves in a handle-bar, and their
-different lever values, would be difficult. Preference
-has much to do with it, and this may be accounted
-for by the different steering touch of the
-differently adjusted bars. The forward drop should
-never be so great that the face cannot be lifted easily
-and the eyes always able to see up and ahead.</p>
-
-<p>In the tire we look for elasticity, and the amount
-of air it contains has much to do with the comfort of
-the rider and the speed of the wheel. Soft tires are
-adapted for a rough or stony road. The soft tire may
-wear out a little sooner, but the extra wear is fully
-compensated by the gain in lessened shock and apparent
-improvement of wheeling surface. A very
-hard tire is not necessarily made of rubber. The
-advantage of the rubber tire is its elasticity, which
-should come between the fulcrum and the power.</p>
-
-<p>To attain a proper position and its equivalent adjustment,
-first have the saddle as nearly right as
-possible so that you can work comfortably; then have
-the handles and the height of the bar tested, working
-on these until you can determine if the saddle is too
-far forward or too far back. Then change the height
-of the bars to suit the saddle.</p>
-
-<p>Next attend to gear. Find if with comfort you
-could exert more pressure on the pedals. If so, have<span class="pagenum" id="Page169">[169]</span>
-the gear increased. If there is cramp in the foot, or
-the foot feels strained, have the length of crank
-changed. If the foot is long in proportion to the
-other lever lengths, lengthen the crank to permit of
-freer instep play; or have it shortened to relieve a
-strained feeling in the foot. The crank length may
-be changed to relieve either cramp or strain in the
-leg and thigh until the pressure and length are arranged
-to suit the natural step or pace.</p>
-
-<p>While these adjustments are in progress&mdash;and it
-may take months to determine them&mdash;the shoe may
-cause discomfort. The slightest pressure, a shoe too
-tight or ill-fitting, would be responsible for much
-more discomfort than could possibly be caused by
-either crank or gear. Waist-bands, or any pressure
-on the trunk, will cause numbness of the foot; and
-a saddle of imperfect construction or wrong adjustment
-would be responsible for the same evils&mdash;unequal
-pressure and unequal strains and overcharged
-blood-vessels, with their accompanying discomforts
-of cramp, fatigue, numbness, and more permanent
-disorders.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page170">[170]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XX.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Exercise.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>How shall be determined the proper amount of
-exercise for any individual? The human body is
-constructed for use, and will suffer from want of use,
-rust out, as it were; and it will suffer from over-use
-if any one set of muscles or any one supply of nerve
-power is overtaxed.</p>
-
-<p>Exercise, in some form, is necessary for every
-one; work is necessary; recreation is necessary.
-Rest is to recreate, to renew. The food that we eat
-is digested and made into blood; the blood flows
-through the system of tissues, depositing building
-material and taking up waste matter. The arterial
-system, physiologists tell us, supplies the new material;
-the venous system takes up the waste material,
-returning the blood to the heart, after which the
-fresh air comes in contact with the blood in the lungs,
-and is aerated and oxygenated, and waste material
-given off. The heart pumps the blood through the
-arterial and venous systems. When we move or
-work, more blood is needed, and the heart pumps
-harder. When little or no exercise is taken, the heart
-loses its vigor from want of use; and it may be
-strained if overtaxed.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page171">[171]</span></p>
-
-<p>Brain power and nerve power depend on the blood
-supply for renewal of their tissue. Any organ or
-any combination of organs and muscles, when exercised,
-give off their accumulated material, and then,
-after a limit of assimilation is reached, the products
-are reabsorbed. The materials properly accumulate
-only when needed.</p>
-
-<p>These facts bring to our notice three conditions&mdash;a
-condition of atrophy, or too little use; a perfect
-condition of equilibrium of forces; and a condition
-of strain from over-work. In the condition of equilibrium
-or perfect health, the brain is active and the
-muscular tissue under perfect control. The mind
-can receive impressions, and can convey them at
-will; and the muscles obey without difficulty and
-without fatigue, because of the great existing power
-of resistance. On the power to resist fatigue depends
-the power of prolonging exertion.</p>
-
-<p>In exercising we exert our powers, and if from
-lack of use or other cause our amount of stored
-energy is small, exercise for even a very short period
-will produce a condition which makes rest absolutely
-necessary. Muscles must be gradually accustomed
-to work; and if work is prolonged beyond the point
-where exercise is beneficial, a state of tension and
-exhaustion ensues which can be remedied only by
-rest prolonged enough to allow the system to recuperate.
-Where the tissues, from disuse, have come
-to have little resistance value, a very gradual and
-persistent course of exercise must be determined
-upon, for unaccustomed muscles are quickly
-fatigued, and the subsequent rest they require may<span class="pagenum" id="Page172">[172]</span>
-seem out of proportion to the work done. This condition
-of affairs is discouraging when not understood;
-yet there can be no different result except
-in degree; and in degree must the condition be
-changed and the tissues gradually renewed. If
-there is but little power stored, only little may be
-used until the power of assimilation is established.</p>
-
-<p>The thin woman is benefited by bicycling; the
-liver works better, the food digests better. The
-stout woman is benefited, for the exercise hardens
-and condenses the flesh. The average healthy woman
-is kept in the best of health by the exercise and
-plenty of pure, fresh air. For the sedentary, the
-undeveloped, and the insufficiently nourished, the
-bicycle seems to work wonders. All the powers
-are accelerated and a general renewing of tissues
-takes place. The organs of digestion are stimulated
-and do better work, the appetite improves, the complexion
-brightens, and the mind responds readily.
-But people of either of these classes should be careful
-not to prolong exercise until loss of appetite is
-brought about; for the exercise should tend to increase,
-not to decrease, the desire for food and
-power of assimilation.</p>
-
-<p>Baths should be taken in moderation, the skin being
-kept in free, healthy condition by dry rubs and
-tepid baths until the system is brought to the state
-where the cold bath can be used beneficially. The
-diet should be generous and wholesome, and care
-should be taken to avoid food that does not digest
-easily. Sufficient clothing should be worn but not
-too much, and all exercise should be avoided that<span class="pagenum" id="Page173">[173]</span>
-might produce very copious perspiration. Only a
-healthy activity of the skin should be induced, and
-plenty of water drunk.</p>
-
-<p>Do not work nervously. Go to work gently, and
-save your energies to make the wheels go around.
-A thin person can remain thin and a fat person remain
-fat while exercising assiduously if the exercise
-is not properly directed.</p>
-
-<p>To overcome fat, persistent, systematic, and regular
-exercise is needed, and attention to diet must be
-considered essential. For the food consumed produces
-certain results; and if the system selects and
-digests most readily the fat-producing elements,
-their amount should be curtailed, and a diet of good
-working quality chosen. Fat is burned in producing
-heat; but if the same amount of fat-producing elements
-are again taken into the system, the same
-amount of fat results. The fat-producing tendency
-must be overcome, and the fat already accumulated
-consumed, until a good healthy average of tissue is
-produced and maintained.</p>
-
-<p>Tea and coffee are not foods; they retard the assimilation
-of tissue, and must be eliminated from
-the diet of the weight-reducer. Sugar and starch&mdash;the
-latter when eaten is converted into sugar&mdash;are
-heat-producing foods, first forming fats which are
-used as energy-producing material. Persons wishing
-to reduce weight, therefore, must manufacture, not
-so much fat, but bone and sinew. To produce these,
-nitrogenous foods must be eaten. Fat consists
-largely of water; and heavy work, like hill-climbing,
-which induces free perspiration, is desirable. But<span class="pagenum" id="Page174">[174]</span>
-any one wishing to seriously undertake weight-reduction
-should learn to enjoy bicycling for itself before
-attempting this application of the exercise.</p>
-
-<p>Excess of fat produces physical laziness, which is
-hard to overcome; and stout persons, after exercise,
-crave fat-producing elements of food to reduce the
-tissue consumed. A taste seems to develop for sweet
-stuff and mild stimulants, and it is difficult to refrain
-from indulging it. Stout people are apt to believe,
-also, that they cannot endure exercise. They cannot
-comfortably, and must work with care until they are
-in a fair state of balance, where exercise ceases to
-fatigue, before attempting anything like scientific
-weight-reducing. Sufficient exercise regularly taken,
-proper diet persistently selected, will finally
-have the desired effect.</p>
-
-<p>Exercise sufficiently to produce good, thorough
-perspiration; take a bath and rub down, and put on
-fresh clothing; avoid tea and coffee, sugar and ice
-cream, dessert and pastry.</p>
-
-<p>For those in health and in the habit of exercising
-regularly, there are only the dangers of the sport to
-avoid while enjoying its pleasures and benefits.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page175">[175]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XXI.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Training.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>If you intend a fifty-mile or a week&#8217;s trip awheel,
-it will be very necessary to accustom yourself to the
-work before attempting a distance you have not yet
-covered. Suppose, though your muscles are unaccustomed
-to long-continued exercise, that you know
-how to wheel a bicycle and are anxious to go with
-your friends. They perhaps wheel for an hour or
-two hours daily, or for several hours twice a week.
-They are afraid to take you with them; and you feel
-sure that you can go as far as they do, and at the
-same rate of speed.</p>
-
-<p>You must make your opportunity and prove your
-ability. Suppose you can wheel for half an hour
-without fatigue. Wheel that half-hour every day
-the weather permits; know your distance and your
-road; and then practise increasing speed, that is, do
-your distance in less than the half-hour without
-hurry. Start slowly, and keep the pace until you
-get your breathing apparatus steady; then ride faster,
-and maintain that pace; and so on, in increasing
-ratio. If you have been in the habit of covering
-your distance in five minutes under the half-hour,
-next time add that distance to your spin, and do it<span class="pagenum" id="Page176">[176]</span>
-in your limit time. When you easily do five miles
-in half an hour on the road, add a mile or more for
-the next two or three spins; then do not wheel for
-one day; the next day wheel twice the distance,
-wheel eight miles, and rest a day. Then double
-your distance again. If you cannot do this without
-feeling the effects seriously, go back to where you
-made your greatest distance with ease, and start
-from that point again.</p>
-
-<p>Keep a careful record of your outings, dates, wind,
-sun, time of day, and humidity. The latter is very
-important, for on a hot, dry day, greater distance
-can be done with safety than when evaporation is
-slow. Consider all the conditions when you find
-that you are fatigued, and decide if the trouble is
-with yourself or with the weather. Do not start for
-at least an hour after eating, and always rest after
-exercise before taking a meal. Observing these directions,
-you will soon find that you are making very
-fair progress, that your confidence is assured, and
-that you have acquired a certain amount of endurance,
-and can attempt any reasonable distance.</p>
-
-<p>Exercise transforms, making the inactive capable
-of performing work and of enjoying opportunities
-for using their newly discovered powers. The weak
-are strengthened; the strong retain and renew their
-stores of strength; the young are symmetrically developed,
-and the older remain supple and active.
-Exercise preserves and develops all parts of the organism
-that are capable of performing work. Exercise
-is work, muscular work; and in working the
-muscles, all the tissues become readjusted, and all<span class="pagenum" id="Page177">[177]</span>
-materials and accumulations tending to hinder
-movement are diminished in quantity and equalized
-in distribution.</p>
-
-<p>Ease of movement and a state of muscular inactivity
-are incompatible. To be active, one must work;
-and the whole organism will respond, and adjust itself
-to the conditions imposed by occupation and
-manner of living. The complicated mechanisms
-and intricate processes of the human body adapt
-themselves to required conditions; it is only necessary
-to determine what those conditions shall be to
-produce certain results.</p>
-
-<p>It is difficult for some to overcome the tendency
-to a state of inactivity; and there are others to whom
-even the contemplation of repose is distasteful.
-The physiological effects produced by exercise differ
-in different individuals, active persons and those
-not in the habit of doing muscular work being very
-differently affected. For exercise, of whatever kind,
-is muscular work, and &#8220;muscular work tends to modify
-the nutrition of all motor organs and to give them
-a structure favorable for the performance of work.&#8221;</p>
-
-<p>All muscular work is done through the contractile
-power of the muscles. By use the fibres become
-freed from fat and other accumulations, the muscles
-increase in size, the contractile power becomes greater,
-and the impedimenta of fat, etc., are removed by
-the processes that are accelerated by movement.
-&#8220;Repose causes atrophy of muscular tissue,&#8221; and the
-necessary discernment and powers of discrimination
-must be cultivated to avoid a tendency either in the
-direction of over-doing or of insufficient exercise.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page178">[178]</span></p>
-
-<p>&#8220;The effect of muscular exercise is to render vital
-combustion more active; it causes more active processes
-of assimilation.&#8221; &#8220;Muscular education leads
-to an economy of forces. Practice leads to a diminution
-of muscular expenditure&#8221;&mdash;more work done for
-power expended. For the power to perform work
-depends on knowing how to do it properly. Real
-strength lies, not so much in the mass of muscular
-tissue as in the ability to use it.</p>
-
-<p>&#8220;Exercise of strength demands the simultaneous
-action of a great number of muscles.&#8221; &#8220;Exercise
-of speed involves repetition of movement and the
-application of nervous energy.&#8221; &#8220;Exercises of endurance
-permit of economy of fatigue,&#8221; and are
-characterized by the necessity of perfect equilibrium
-between muscular effort and the powers of assimilation
-of the system.</p>
-
-<p>In exercise of strength, every muscle should bring
-its whole force into play, and the bony structure is
-united by pressure to make a rigid whole. &#8220;Exercises
-of speed are accompanied by fatigue out of
-proportion to the mechanical work represented.&#8221;
-&#8220;Every movement needs the intervention of a great
-number of muscles; each muscle must contract with
-definite force in order that the whole work may lead
-to definite movement.&#8221;</p>
-
-<p>Co-ordination is the operation of choosing the
-muscles which shall participate in a certain movement
-and of regulating the exact quantity of nervous
-energy necessary to produce the right amount of
-contraction. Automatism is acquired by practice;
-and the muscles must be exercised regularly to enable<span class="pagenum" id="Page179">[179]</span>
-them to respond intuitively. A complicated
-series of movement can only be acquired gradually,
-unless the mind has a large number of muscular
-combinations at command.</p>
-
-<p>&#8220;Exhaustion will result from overwork even when
-well fed.&#8221; &#8220;Exercises of endurance do not disturb
-the working of the organs; while increasing their
-activity, it gives to the system the power to repair
-wasted tissue, even during work.&#8221; Carbonic acid is
-not formed in excess, and is eliminated without producing
-noticeable results.</p>
-
-<p>The bicyclist, even though indulging moderately
-in the pastime, must consider these things, and determine
-the course to be pursued; otherwise the
-exercise will prove a bane instead of a blessing.
-There are principles capable of general or special
-application; and there are special laws that may be
-generalized; and all may be made to accord with
-the exercise of bicycling, but each individual must
-accept a certain responsibility in the matter. The
-bicycle having been accepted as a means, the end
-sought for can be attained only by its intelligent use
-and application.</p>
-
-<p>One of the many advantages of cycling is that the
-exercise involved is not limited to the use of any one
-set of muscles. The legs propel the machine, the
-muscles of the trunk engage in balancing the body,
-and the arms are employed in steering and controlling
-the front wheel. All the larger joints are active,
-and are made supple as well as strengthened and developed.
-Muscles, unless directed by mental effort,
-are useless. The bones give stiffness, and act as<span class="pagenum" id="Page180">[180]</span>
-levers and fulcrums; the muscles are tools of the
-mind, levers wherewith to pull and push the bones
-into position.</p>
-
-<p>Precision of movement means economy of expenditure
-of force, no more effort being expended than
-is necessary for the act of the moment. People who
-hunt for the pedal, and try for the saddle two or
-three times, and fall off because the bicycle fails to
-start, work hard enough to have mounted a number
-of times; that is, they have lifted or supported their
-own weight in different directions a number of times
-without attaining their object. They appear to be
-awkward; they are really unaccustomed to their
-work. Practice will accustom the muscles to the
-work they have to do.</p>
-
-<p>Try to do one thing only at a time. If it is mounting,
-for instance, memorize each thing that must be
-done; how, when, and where to do it. Do not think,
-because the mind does not at once grasp all that is
-forced upon its attention, that your brain is of inferior
-quality; it may not be able to adapt itself to that
-particular mental process at that minute. But the
-effort made will result in added tissue, and next time
-there will be more hope of success. Increase by a
-little at a time the amount of exercise undertaken.
-You can gauge the practice you need only by the
-amount of attention you give to the subject. After
-muscles are once trained to an exercise, the mind
-will not readily lose power to reproduce the combination,
-and experience begins to help.</p>
-
-<p>Endurance means well-directed strength as well as
-capacity of power stored in reserve; and the aim of<span class="pagenum" id="Page181">[181]</span>
-all athletic work is to give an increased store of
-strength, vitality, and power to draw upon, not
-merely to expend the stock already on hand.</p>
-
-<p>The muscular development that comes with bicycle
-exercise will often cause surprise. In persons
-unaccustomed to active exercise, the increase is most
-noticeable on the chest and forearms, the chest development
-increasing two and three inches, the
-arm and forearm in proportion, and the whole muscular
-system gaining in firmness and tone. Persistent
-bicycling, prolonged exercise on the wheel, speed
-work on the track, develop disproportionately the
-muscle of the leg. The track-man, therefore, prepares
-for his season of work, not by exercising and
-developing his legs, but by general exercise and
-special work that will develop the arms and back and
-other sets of muscles not called upon for heavy work
-during the season when he is to do his best. Getting
-up speed, increasing speed, and hill-climbing
-all tend to develop the muscles of the leg, which in
-such exercise are called upon for the heavy work of
-push and thrust, using a concentrated power to propel.
-Light dumbbell work is recommended as a
-good alternate for bicycle work and a means of keeping
-the muscular system in balance.</p>
-
-<p>Leisure and the weather limit bicycling; other
-causes are incidental. The weather, indeed, affects bicycling
-more than any other sport. One of the most
-imperative needs of bicycling is rapid evaporation,
-and conditions that do not permit of that are unfavorable.
-Observe atmospheric conditions, therefore, and
-avoid severe work when the dew point is approached.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page182">[182]</span></p>
-
-<p>All the hard work wanted can be accomplished in
-half an hour after the wheel has been taken out; or
-it may be used as a vehicle for travelling steadily
-hour after hour for days consecutively; or an invigorating
-spin of two or three hours may be taken,
-regulating the pace and the work. One of the things
-to know about a bicycle is that you can get almost
-any kind of work you want out of it. To realize
-that you are doing the work you have been accustomed
-to have a horse do for you, and in a similar
-way, and to know that many of a horseman&#8217;s
-rules for the care of their working animals may be
-equally well applied to human beings who do the
-same work, is apt, perhaps, to cause a sensation of
-unpleasant surprise. It is a fact, however, that
-there is much information about the care of horses
-that the cyclist may study and apply with advantage.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle is not an iron horse; it is more like
-skates; is in some things like a boat; in some like
-a coasting sled; and in many ways is different from
-anything else. It seems alive at times, as does a
-boat; but it is the power propelling it that causes
-the delusion. The only thing alive about bicycles
-is the persons who propel them; and if they are only
-half alive before attempting to mount, they will become
-very alert and keenly appreciative of all that
-concerns them long before the sport has ceased to be
-a novelty.</p>
-
-<p>&#8220;Exercise is important as a regulator of nutrition.&#8221;
-&#8220;The best athletic exercise for increasing
-the size of the chest is that which compels the deepest<span class="pagenum" id="Page183">[183]</span>
-inspiration.&#8221; The lower limbs, with their masses
-of muscular tissue, are most capable of awakening
-the respiratory need which is proportioned to the
-expenditure of force. Exercise induces change of
-shape as well as change of size; and too much exercise
-of any one kind will produce a local effect.</p>
-
-<p>Breathlessness is not the only form of fatigue,
-and fats are not the only reserve material. Nitrogenous
-products of combustion, which cannot be
-derived from fatty substances, are produced by
-work; and these are stored among the reserve material,
-and produce stiffness, as fat produces breathlessness.</p>
-
-<p>In no other sport is the blood sent coursing
-through the veins in the same way as in bicycling;
-and as there is not a very great quantity of that
-wonderful fluid passing and repassing through the
-circulatory system, any obstruction or pressure is
-instantly felt and provided for. To avoid giving
-nature unnecessary trouble in providing for interrupted
-or unequal circulation, not even a glove that
-is the least tight should be worn; indeed, the covering
-of head, hands, and feet should be carefully selected.
-And the same precaution should be exercised
-with regard to all clothing. No tight underwear
-should be worn, and nothing like equestrian tights,
-which interfere with surface circulation. The waist
-and lower ribs must be kept free. You should never
-ride so hard as to allow the air to force the ribs out
-and in, so that you cannot control them. It is a
-good rule not to ride so hard that you cannot hold
-your breath at pleasure.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page184">[184]</span></p>
-
-<p>It is important always to remove perspiration before
-cooling; therefore, take a bath at once on coming
-in from a ride; if you cannot do that, rub off with
-a dry towel, or sponge with tepid water, and rub dry
-gently; then put on dry underclothing. The cold
-bath is most invigorating and refreshing, and never
-more refreshing than after bicycle exercise; but all
-cannot use it with good results. Provide for your
-change of underclothing before starting out, and if
-you do not intend to return, take it with you.</p>
-
-<p>Remember always that it is essential to provide
-an entire covering for the body that will admit of
-free exhalations, and warm enough to prevent chilling
-under all circumstances. While riding, provided
-the condensing moisture is allowed to escape, it is
-quite possible to feel overheated, yet the skin must
-be protected from chill resulting from rapid motion
-through the air. Air pressure and evaporation nearly
-balance each other, and the extra heat caused by
-exertion is tempered by moisture and the constant
-fanning of rapid locomotion. These effects are most
-appreciably felt upon halting. If the covering is
-thin, of light weight, and of too hard a texture to
-admit of quick passage of air and steam, the garments
-at once become saturated with moisture, and a serious
-chilling follows. Even if the halt be but short,
-it will be found that an appreciable time passes after
-remounting before one becomes warm, and the distaste
-for work that follows is a sure indication that
-something is amiss. If energy were preserved, instead
-of wasted in warming up after halting, the
-benefit of the rest would be felt.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page185">[185]</span></p>
-
-<p>A proper porous material should be always worn.
-With a flannel shirt-waist and woollen sweater, even
-in quite warm weather, riding is not at all uncomfortable;
-but substitute a Holland linen coat for the
-sweater, and the rider will be first very warm, and
-then very damp indeed and most uncomfortable.
-Nature provides various means for keeping the body
-at an even temperature, and it is most essential not
-to disturb this balance. While working, heat is
-generated, the skin becomes moist, and a normal
-temperature is maintained by the rapid evaporation.
-Too little covering means too great evaporation and
-lowering of temperature; and even if no chill is
-experienced, the too rapid cooling prevents good
-working results, and stiffness is apt to set in with
-fatigue after the day&#8217;s work, and a languid, sleepy
-feeling on the day following.</p>
-
-<p>Too much stress cannot be laid on the necessity
-of being able easily and expeditiously to adjust or
-redistribute the clothing. Flannel is a good non-conductor
-of heat, but the bicyclist must use discrimination
-in selection. Too heavy flannel will
-induce a copious and weakening perspiration; insufficient
-clothing will allow the body to be chilled
-by too rapid evaporation.</p>
-
-<p>One of the greatest benefits to be derived from
-bicycle exercise is the free, healthy action of the
-skin that is induced. If this activity is retarded by
-pressure, much injury may be done by the holding
-and reabsorbing of waste matter. This reabsorbed
-matter, which is a direct poison and must be worked
-off again in the complexities of the system, causes<span class="pagenum" id="Page186">[186]</span>
-languor and headache and a feeling that exercise is
-of no benefit, as indeed it is not if proper hygienic
-laws are not complied with.</p>
-
-<p>While in the open air, there is little danger to be
-apprehended from damp clothing, as oxidation is
-going on freely. It is under shelter that danger
-lurks, where the air does not circulate freely. The
-underwear should be changed before eating, or the
-food will do little good. Where you can get shelter,
-you can usually find conveniences for making the
-change; otherwise, it is better to eat in the open air.</p>
-
-<p>Digestion involves muscular action as well as
-chemical processes. Wherever in the system muscular
-work is being done, the blood is needed in large
-quantity to enable the muscular processes to continue.
-In the process of digestion important chemical
-work is accomplished by the action of certain
-juices or secretions of the stomach, and rhythmical
-muscular work in the walls and coatings of the
-stomach is required to regulate their supply. It may
-be easily understood, therefore, that digestion should
-be properly or rather uninterruptedly accomplished,
-and it cannot be thus properly accomplished if too
-much of the blood supply is called away in the earlier
-stages of assimilation.</p>
-
-<p>Active muscular work should never be undertaken
-immediately after a full meal. The more food
-there is to be digested, the more work there is to be
-done, the less capable is the rest of the system for
-severe work. Such work, after eating heavily,
-would involve an interruption, almost a suspension,
-of digestive processes, and a consequent difficulty<span class="pagenum" id="Page187">[187]</span>
-in the adjustment of the processes involved in muscular
-work. It would mean a much longer time to
-get the second wind, inability to do hard or heavy
-work, as well as inability to prolong the work without
-discomfort. Such a course of action must lead
-to serious complications and derangements of the
-digestive functions and eventually induce liability
-to disease.</p>
-
-<p>It is very injurious, also, to attempt to perform
-heavy work fasting, or to prolong the period of exercise
-when food or rest is required. The human
-machine requires a certain amount of fuel, and the
-supply must be taken at regular intervals, or reserved
-material, which is too valuable to be recklessly
-expended, will be consumed.</p>
-
-<p>A mixed diet, with plenty of variety, is the best
-to work on, everything to be thoroughly cooked.
-Three good meals a day, and no eating between
-meals; though, when tired, it is not well to work on
-an empty stomach, and if you are delayed it is better
-to eat something while waiting than to go too long
-without eating. Beef and mutton are always good
-food; and fresh vegetables, fruit, milk and eggs,
-and cereals either with cream and sugar or milk and
-sugar. Simple desserts are not harmful, neither are
-they necessary.</p>
-
-<p>The so-called sustaining power of stimulants
-merely enables one to burn up reserve tissue, to use
-up more fuel, to produce more power. Work done
-under such conditions is forced work, like the forced
-draught of a steam-engine using power to force the
-air into the furnace. In both cases, intense heat<span class="pagenum" id="Page188">[188]</span>
-and great power can be produced, and corresponding
-radiation and depression occur while the system is
-undergoing its processes of restoration. Tea, coffee,
-bouillon, are stimulating, and good as food accessories;
-but they are not good to work on.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page189">[189]</span></p>
-
-<h2><span class="nr"><i>CHAPTER XXII.</i></span><br />
-<span class="name"><i>Breathlessness; The Limit Mechanical.</i></span></h2>
-
-<p>Seated awheel, the bicyclist feels master of the
-situation. The bicycle obeys the slightest impulse,
-moving at will, almost without conscious effort, virtually
-as much a part of the rider, and as easily
-under control, as hand or foot. It is because weight
-is supported and friction overcome that the bicyclist
-loses consciousness of effort as he moves, with
-seemingly no limit to endurance.</p>
-
-<p>A trouble often experienced is breathlessness.
-For this there are several causes. Sometimes the
-machine is started too hurriedly and before the processes
-of the body have had time to adjust themselves.
-To work easily, the muscles must be heated gradually,
-until they are brought to the proper point of tension.
-Again, the easy movement of the wheel often
-causes the cyclist to become oblivious of the fact that
-the muscles are working quickly while doing easy
-work, that the power applied is being converted into
-speed with little appreciable effort, until suddenly
-his breath becomes labored, and a halt must be made
-for rest. We need not attempt here to give the
-figures for power expended and work done, though
-both factors may be estimated.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page190">[190]</span></p>
-
-<p>Technically, effort is a physiological condition involving
-complicated chemical changes and concentration
-of power. The work of the lungs is done
-mechanically, automatically, is muscular work, involving
-chemical changes and giving chemical results.
-We breathe in air full of oxygen; we exhale
-air loaded with carbonic acid. Muscular effort produces
-carbonic acid through chemical changes in the
-tissues of the body. The oxygen of the air, taken
-into the lungs to purify the blood, is absorbed and
-stored. Easy muscular movements give off a limited
-quantity of carbonic acid and other products, but not
-more than can be eliminated without readjustment
-of processes. When a succession of efforts is made,
-involving the manufacture of larger quantities of
-carbonic acid, the eliminating capacity is correspondingly
-taxed.</p>
-
-<p>In making an effort, the lungs become momentarily
-fixed, and their regular respiratory movement
-is suspended. Carbonic acid is held, not given off,
-and a feeling of suffocation is observed. Unless respiration
-is restored by a pause, poisoning by the
-waste products ensues, they being reabsorbed, and
-inducing discomfort and fatigue. Working with
-effort, the lungs should be free to expand and
-contract. To this end it is all-important to exhale,
-expelling the air from the lungs by compression
-of the chest after severe exertion. Air rushes
-naturally into the chest cavity; attention, therefore,
-should be directed, not to getting in air,
-but to expelling the air already in the lungs. This
-successfully done assists materially in bringing<span class="pagenum" id="Page191">[191]</span>
-about that desirable condition known as &#8220;second
-wind,&#8221; and gives control over the muscles of the
-chest, which enables waste products to be readily
-eliminated.</p>
-
-<p>&#8220;The intensity of breathlessness during exercise
-is in direct proportion to the expenditure of force
-demanded by the exercise in a given time.&#8221; Breathlessness
-is due to power expended in a limited time.
-This, at least, is one of the inducing causes. On
-the bicycle, power is converted into speed. In hill-climbing,
-shortness of wind is due not so much to
-position on the wheel as to the amount of power expended
-in doing the work. If power is wasted, the
-work attempted is usually not accomplished; if intelligently
-expended, the work is done easily and well,
-leaving the bicyclist in condition to renew the effort
-when necessary.</p>
-
-<p>Hill-climbing is like stair-climbing; power is expended
-in a succession of efforts made in raising the
-weight on an ascending plane. The weight must
-be lifted, either pushed up or pulled up, and the respiratory
-need is increased. The hill-climber must
-aim to mount with as little effort as possible and to
-make the ascent with the minimum expenditure of
-power.</p>
-
-<p>Rapidly increased heart-beat is accompanied by
-deeply inflated lungs and a tendency the bicyclist
-should guard against to work open-mouthed. Here
-the question of tight clothing comes prominently
-forward. Sitting erect and holding by the handle-bars,
-the bicyclist&#8217;s upper chest muscles are held
-comparatively fixed or rigid; the arms, being used<span class="pagenum" id="Page192">[192]</span>
-for support, act as levers holding down the upward
-expansion of the chest. The air, being compressed,
-is forced laterally and downward. The downward
-expansion of the chest is checked by the movement
-of pedaling, there being a constant upward pressure
-in the ascending stroke and an increased muscular
-compression in the descending stroke. With a tight
-belt, the breathing is chiefly upward, and downward
-when sitting or walking, the lateral expansion depending
-on the width and compression of the belt.</p>
-
-<p>When working on a bicycle, with the hands fixed
-and holding hard, the upper chest is comparatively
-rigid, the muscles below the diaphragm hard at
-work; and muscles at work do not admit of compression,
-which prevents the diaphragm from moving
-downward. The diaphragm is a muscular wall,
-stretched across the trunk below the lung cavity and
-near the waist-line. If the lower muscles of the
-trunk are actively at work, the diaphragm can be
-distended but a little way in a downward direction
-by lung pressure. The air in the lungs, which are
-hard at work, and over-full, presses against the heart,
-and makes harder work for that organ. When the
-lungs are distended, any clothing that can be felt
-about the waist exerts more or less pressure. The
-lungs of a bicyclist at work are constantly distended,
-seldom deflated, and an equal pressure is exerted in
-all directions. The diaphragm is forced downward,
-pressure comes on the large blood-vessels, and the
-legs feel tired as one of the results of the constriction.
-Pressure on the heart and the large blood
-vessels of the lung cavity causes rush of blood to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page193">[193]</span>
-head and gives a heated look to the face and a feeling
-of faintness and headache.</p>
-
-<p>The muscles of the waist are elastic, but lose their
-elasticity when not in use. Fat accumulates, and is
-pressed down, usually below the belt, causing the
-muscles of the figure to sag and the trunk to lose its
-proper lines. Compression of the waist while cycling
-is dangerous, and will cause enlargement of
-the hips and distort the lines of the figure below and
-above the waist. If tight clothing must be worn,
-do not wear it while exercising any more than while
-sleeping.</p>
-
-<p>Bicycling is a great equalizer of tissue. The system,
-when this exercise is moderately indulged, is
-freshened as is a city by a heavy rain, all accumulations
-and deposits being swept away.</p>
-
-<p>There is a difference, a very great difference,
-between muscular fatigue and breathlessness, and
-the two conditions should not be confused. Breathlessness
-is general fatigue; muscular fatigue is
-fatigue localized. When you are breathless, all your
-muscles are tired; they do not want to work and are
-indeed incapable of performing work. Work performed
-by the lower limbs causes breathlessness
-more quickly than any other kind of exertion, and
-the bicyclist must bear this fact in mind. The respiratory
-need is increased in proportion to the
-amount of carbonic acid in the blood. The lower
-limbs can perform a great deal of work in a few
-seconds, the large masses of muscle in the legs at
-work throwing large quantities of carbonic acid into
-the blood to be given off or eliminated by the lungs.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page194">[194]</span></p>
-
-<p>Each individual has his own limit or pace, at
-which he can do work most easily. If this pace is
-exceeded, effort follows and increased expenditure
-of power; a greater quantity of carbonic acid is produced
-to be given off; and fatigue is induced sooner
-than when working at the pace which can be kept
-without extraordinary exertion. Every bicyclist
-knows his own natural pace, and when departing
-from that must expect to be winded sooner or later.</p>
-
-<p>Rapid work on the bicycle is similar, as muscular
-exertion, to running, racing, speeding, and sprinting.
-Here we have the time limit,&mdash;great speed produced
-in a short time; tissue consumed, and carbonic
-acid produced in large quantities to be quickly
-eliminated. Increased effort means more power expended.
-The fixed lung cavity means lessened
-capacity for increased air-consumption and greatly
-lessened means of inhaling and expelling air. One
-of the effects produced by carbonic acid in the blood
-is a stimulation to increased effort, which causes a
-desire to prolong work after reasonable limits have
-been exceeded, a feeling that more must be done,
-rather than a desire to stop and rest.</p>
-
-<p>Second wind is the condition produced by the adjustment
-of the processes of the body to the new
-state of exertion, where the heart and lungs balance
-and work according to the demands of the new condition.
-A pendulum, slipped on its spindle and let
-go, swings irregularly until it finds its new rhythm.
-The rhythm that corresponds with its weight, momentum
-and length of spindle, leverage, is the
-rhythm of the work. All repeated work has a<span class="pagenum" id="Page195">[195]</span>
-rhythm, and the movement disturbed requires a
-little time for readjustment. The heart and lungs
-work automatically and rhythmically, and any new
-movement disturbs their rhythm, which must be adjusted
-for change of occupation or exercise until the
-balance of the working functions is established.</p>
-
-<p>The second wind usually comes after the first
-fifteen minutes of work. Quickly acquired, it means
-rapid and easy adjustment of processes, a quick response
-to effort, and little power wasted. Though
-individuals differ in this respect, a difficulty in getting
-the second wind, when exercise has been suspended
-for a time, will sometimes be experienced,
-and care should be taken not to overwork when taking
-up an exercise that has been for some time discontinued.</p>
-
-<p>When you have had exercise enough, stop and rest.
-Change of occupation, turning from active mental
-work to active muscular work, has been said to give
-rest to the mental faculties. Though they perhaps
-do, in a sense, experience rest, it might be unwise to
-assert that this rest is really recuperative. Repeated
-alternation from active mental exercise to active
-physical exercise would inevitably result in a state
-of exhaustion, in which the reserve fund of energy
-or strength would be completely consumed. It is a
-more accurate statement that a certain amount of
-muscular work, which will restore the balance of the
-system, is a good preparation for rest after active
-mental exertion.</p>
-
-<p>During mental work of any kind, muscular work
-must be performed; for breathing, seeing, moving<span class="pagenum" id="Page196">[196]</span>
-the hands, require muscular movement. The question,
-therefore, resolves itself into one of degree of
-work done and equilibrium of forces to be maintained,
-rather than one of restoration of one set of
-faculties by the overtaxing of another set. Good
-muscular work cannot be accomplished without the
-exercise of brain and will; therefore, when the mind
-is actively employed, a certain amount of muscular
-tissue is consumed, though not enough to maintain
-the system in a state of bodily activity. For body
-and mind, to be in a state of perfect health or equilibrium,
-should be equally active.</p>
-
-<p>The tissues of the body are constantly renewed,
-and the amount of work, mental or muscular, that
-can be accomplished is determined by these constantly
-renewing processes. The amount of material
-taken up and stored for use depends upon the amount
-of material needed; and this is gauged by the amount
-of work already done, and restricted by the amount
-of work the material is capable of performing. The
-balance of work and rest, quantity and quality,
-varies with different temperaments.</p>
-
-<p>Training means nothing more than preparation.
-For those engaged in active mental occupation it is
-well to consider if they are giving themselves the
-best preparation for resisting the fatigue consequent
-upon their occupation. Cycling is a pastime and
-sport, and may be a relaxation and the alternate of
-other athletic exercises. After the machine is under
-control, the muscular work becomes virtually automatic;
-and for this reason cycling, in its various
-forms, has proved so beneficial as a relaxation.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page197">[197]</span></p>
-
-<p>Overwork produces the effect of poisoning of the
-system, and reduces its power of resistance. This
-poisoning is produced by the waste products of the
-system, which accumulate during work, as the forces
-for eliminating them are overtaxed; and before
-work can be properly resumed, the poison must be
-eliminated from the system, and the power-producing
-materials again stored for use.</p>
-
-<p>Stiffness is a form of fatigue due to an accumulation
-of deposits in the tissues, which are best removed
-by exercising after a period of rest. With their removal,
-stiffness disappears, to return with fresh deposits
-if exercise is again prolonged. The amount
-of material not taken up by the system lessens with
-regular exercise, and the tendency to stiffness gradually
-disappears. The only remedy for stiffness is
-work, then rest, then work again. Sleep does not
-always come to the over-tired, and we may therefore
-conclude that it is better to be rested before attempting
-to sleep.</p>
-
-<p>A pause, to be recuperative, need not be prolonged;
-fifteen minutes&#8217; rest after exertion should be sufficient;
-and during a day&#8217;s work, this fifteen minutes&#8217;
-rest between changes of occupation, not including
-the quiet necessary for digestion, will keep one fresh.
-A pause longer than fifteen minutes prepares or readjusts
-the processes. Do no work, mental or muscular,
-for at least an hour after a meal; and sleep in
-a cool&mdash;not cold&mdash;well-ventilated room.</p>
-
-<p>Low tension power usually accomplishes its object
-without waste. Work done at high pressure, that
-might be done at low pressure, indicates waste of<span class="pagenum" id="Page198">[198]</span>
-effort under strain. The intense concentration of
-effort when the beginner is struggling with a bicycle
-is made at high pressure. The excitement of the
-unexpected probably has something to do with this,
-as well as the novelty of the situation. If all bicycle
-work required the same state of tension, however, it
-could not be long endured; the strain would be too
-great.</p>
-
-<p>There is a certain amount you can do, or think you
-can do; this is one measure of your capacity. The
-work you do is done by stored energy. How may
-that energy be applied to give the best results?
-The intricate workings of the mind we may not attempt
-to analyze: what we do, we do because we
-wish to, or because we ought, or because we must.
-Concentrated effort, persistent effort, continuous
-effort, all consume force. When you dread anything
-you have undertaken as too difficult of accomplishment,
-just so much more force is required
-to overcome that idea. If, mounted on your bicycle,
-you wheel along in a state of apprehension, you induce
-a high nervous tension that requires a great
-reserve of power to resist and supply. Fear, or a
-sense of insecurity, or a lack of confidence, produces
-the same result. A bicycle is run by the direct
-application of power; and power diverted is power
-wasted.</p>
-
-<p>In wheeling, after the invigorating freshness of the
-exercise has reached a certain point, the benefit derived
-lessens with the amount of power drawn from
-the reserve. Bicycle exercise, moreover, to be really
-beneficial, should be alternated with other exercise.<span class="pagenum" id="Page199">[199]</span>
-The bicycle freshens and brings into good condition
-muscles already developed, but it is an exercise that
-must be taken with judgment. It is not a panacea
-for all human ills; it can be generally beneficial, or,
-immoderately indulged, may become most harmful.</p>
-
-<p>Wheeling for long distances should not be undertaken
-without proper training. For the sedentary,
-and for all others tempted by the fascinations of the
-sport to over-exertion, caution is most necessary.
-Reaction from over-exertion will bring about a physical
-condition as detrimental as that caused by lack
-of exercise&mdash;general lassitude and unfitness for work,
-if nothing more serious.</p>
-
-<p>Persons who are naturally timid cannot accomplish
-in the same time as much as the more courageous,
-for their powers are actively at work overcoming
-their dread of collision and fear of falling; and the
-distance covered, for power expended, must consequently
-be less than when no other exertion is required
-than is needed for propelling the bicycle.</p>
-
-<p>Learn to work without strain or effort; practise
-where fear is not likely to be aroused, for fear induces
-a state of tension, and bicycling cannot be enjoyed
-or prolonged if this drain of the power-supply
-is allowed. Confidence will come with the knowledge
-that you are no longer at the mercy of the machine,
-that it is in your power.</p>
-
-<p>No one make of bicycle is acknowledged the best,
-and no one is absolutely perfect. The selection of a
-bicycle, therefore, is a matter of knowledge and nice
-discrimination, and its use opens a wide field of opportunity
-before you&mdash;touring and cruising, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page200">[200]</span>
-expeditions of all kinds; travel and sight-seeing;
-means for study and investigation.</p>
-
-<p>The possible cost of cycling may be quite appalling
-to consider; but in cycling, as in other things,
-you may choose between the demands of necessity
-and the suggestions of luxury. One&mdash;almost the
-chief&mdash;fascination of the sport is its simplicity as a
-mode of travel; the possibility of doing away with
-all impedimenta. The bicyclist soon learns to dispense
-with every accessory not positively necessary
-and to know every possible use of indispensable
-articles.</p>
-
-<p>The bicycle bestows and restores health; it has
-its limit, though it does so much that more seems
-always possible. Take the bicycle as it is, use it intelligently,
-enjoy it, and become an enthusiast.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="tnbot" id="TN">
-
-<h2>Transcriber&#8217;s Note</h2>
-
-<p>Inconsistencies in spelling, hyphenation, etc. and unusual spelling have been retained.</p>
-
-<p>Page 162 and 163, tables: as printed in the source document, although they obviously contain several errors.</p>
-
-<p class="blankbefore75">Changes made</p>
-
-<p>Illustrations have been moved out of text paragraphs.</p>
-
-<p>Some minor typographical and punctuation errors have been corrected silently.</p>
-
-<p>The illustration numbers in the List of Illustrations have been added by the transcriber.</p>
-
-</div><!--tnbot-->
-
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<hr class="pgx" />
-<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BICYCLING FOR LADIES***</p>
-<p>******* This file should be named 62227-h.htm or 62227-h.zip *******</p>
-<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
-<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/6/2/2/2/62227">http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/2/2/62227</a></p>
-<p>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.</p>
-
-<p>Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</p>
-
-<h2 class="pgx" title="Full Project Gutenberg License">START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<br />
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</h2>
-
-<p>To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.</p>
-
-<h3 class="pgx" title="Section 1. General Terms">Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works</h3>
-
-<p>1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.</p>
-
-<p>1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.</p>
-
-<p>1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.</p>
-
-<p>1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.</p>
-
-<p>1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p>
-
-<p>1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:</p>
-
-<blockquote><p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
- States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost
- no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use
- it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with
- this eBook or online
- at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this
- ebook.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li>You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."</li>
-
-<li>You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.</li>
-
-<li>You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.</li>
-
-<li>You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause. </p>
-
-<h3 class="pgx" title="Section 2. The Mission of Project Gutenberg">Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm</h3>
-
-<p>Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.</p>
-
-<p>Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org.</p>
-
-<h3 class="pgx" title="Section 3. The Project Gutenberg Literary">Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation</h3>
-
-<p>The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.</p>
-
-<p>The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact</p>
-
-<p>For additional contact information:</p>
-
-<p> Dr. Gregory B. Newby<br />
- Chief Executive and Director<br />
- gbnewby@pglaf.org</p>
-
-<h3 class="pgx" title="Section 4. Donations to PGLAF">Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation</h3>
-
-<p>Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.</p>
-
-<p>The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/donate">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.</p>
-
-<p>While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.</p>
-
-<p>International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p>
-
-<p>Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate</p>
-
-<h3 class="pgx" title="Section 5. Project Gutenberg Electronic Works">Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.</h3>
-
-<p>Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.</p>
-
-<p>Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.</p>
-
-<p>Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org</p>
-
-<p>This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
-
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c9f4fef..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/cover_both.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/cover_both.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a2f6b16..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/cover_both.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo004.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo004.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e984f5e..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo004.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo039.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo039.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a1c45b..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo039.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo043.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo043.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 112cb49..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo043.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo051.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo051.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a631449..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo051.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo055.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo055.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 59a5482..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo055.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo059.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo059.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ccdd627..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo059.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo065.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo065.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a3d81f4..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo065.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo069.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo069.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 921dac8..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo069.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo073.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo073.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8700f9a..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo073.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo089.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo089.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 77a1be5..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo089.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo093.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo093.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d77212..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo093.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo097.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo097.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 88d8936..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo097.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo101.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo101.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index aed83e2..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo101.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo105.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo105.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fdbbd7c..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo105.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo109.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo109.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ae6c089..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo109.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo117.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo117.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 42cad8c..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo117.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo121.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo121.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d4f98e..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo121.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo125.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo125.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0457803..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo125.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo133.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo133.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f34088..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo133.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo137.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo137.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c451766..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo137.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo141.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo141.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b4cd79d..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo141.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo145.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo145.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c24040..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo145.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo149.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo149.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index eeb2245..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo149.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo153.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo153.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5447ea4..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo153.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo157.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo157.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 733a981..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo157.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo177.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo177.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dcd00c..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo177.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo183.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo183.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 071d2a7..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo183.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo187.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo187.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ad00927..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo187.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo191.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo191.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df81db..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo191.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo195.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo195.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e89e2e..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo195.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo201.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo201.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index eb1b865..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo201.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo205.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo205.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f273b81..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo205.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo209.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo209.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 67ecaff..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo209.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62227-h/images/illo217.jpg b/old/62227-h/images/illo217.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index aa68ffd..0000000
--- a/old/62227-h/images/illo217.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ